Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Prava Construction Services Inc; 2015-07-20; PWS15-87FAC - Cole 2
CITY OF CALSBAD CARLSBAD GEORGINA COLE LIBRARY New Construction and Renovation 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, CA 92008 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbad Contract 40201 PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS BID SET Apra 10, 2015 VOLUME II: DIVISION 15 thru DIVISION 48 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. 211 Linden Avenue South San Francisco, CA (650) 871-0709 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Contract 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 VOLUME II: FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP: DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 211313 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING SECTION 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING SECTION 220523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 220529 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT SECTION 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT SECTION 220700 PLUMBING INSULATION SECTION 221100 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION SECTION 221300 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE SECTION 221400 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE SECTION 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SECTION 230501 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 230529 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR HVAC SECTION 230700 HVAC INSULATION SECTION 233100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES SECTION 233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS SECTION 23 3 700 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS DIVISION 24 - NOT USED DIVISION 25 - NOT USED DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL SECTION 260503 EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS SECTION 260519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES SECTION 260526 GROUNDING & BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 260529 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS & BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 260534 FLOOR BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 2605 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS SECTION 262716 ELECTRICAL CABINETS & ENCLOSURES SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES SECTION 262819 ENCLOSED SWITCHES SECTION 265000 LIGHTING SECTION 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 000110-4 TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Contract 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS SECTION 271343 DATA COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY SECTION 280529 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFFETY & SECURITY SECTION 280533 CONDUITS & BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SECTION 280553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SECTION 283111 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP: DIVISIONS 30 - 31 - NOT USED DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 321319 SITE CONCRETE WORK DIVISIONS 33 - 35 - NOT USED PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP: DIVISIONS 40 - 48 - NOT USED APPENDIX A * HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS SURVEY END OF DOCUMENT OOOl 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS OOOl 10-5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Contract 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank OOOl 10-6 TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Contract 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 END OF DOCUMENT OOOl 10 OOOl 10-6 TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 210500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for sprinkler system. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories: Execution requirements for inserts and sleeves specified by this section. 2. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for piping painting specified by this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. ASME B16.il- Forged Steel Fittings - Socket-Welding and Threaded. 3. ASME B 16.25 - Buttwelding Ends. 4. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 5. ASME BI6.4 - Gray Iron Threaded Fittings. 6. ASME B 16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 7. ASME B16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings. B. ASTM Intemational: 1. ASTM A47 - Standard Specification for Ferric Malleable IronCastings. 2. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. ASTM A135 - Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe. 4. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 5. ASTM A795 - Standard Specification for Black and Hot-Dipped Zink-Coated (galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS Dl.l- Structural Welding Code - Steel. D. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA Cl 10 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids. 2. AWWA cm - American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile- Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 3. AWWA C151 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 4. AWWA C105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems. E. National Fire Protection Association: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 210500 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Library City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1. NFPA 13 - Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 2. NFPA 24 - Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping coimections. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tag numbering. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts lists. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13 standard. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place. C. Fumish cast iron and steel valves with temporary protective coating. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 210500 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 D. Fumish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for basic fire suppression materials and methods. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Furnish two sets of valve stem packing for each size and type of valve installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Milwaukee. 2. Stockham. 3. Kennedy. 4. Mueller. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Gate Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze body and trim, rising stem, hand wheel, solid wedge or disc, threaded ends. Similar to Stockham Model No. B-133. 2. Over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze ttim, rising stem pre-grooved for mounting tamper switch, hand wheel, OS&Y, solid bronze or cast iron wedge, flanged ends. Similar to Stockham Model No. G-634. C. Globe or Angle Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem and hand wheel, inside screw, renewable Buna n Seat disc, threaded ends, with back seating capacity. Similar to Kennedy Model No. 98-SD. D. Ball Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze two piece body, brass, chrome plated bronze, or stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle, threaded ends. Similar to Kennedy Model No. 775. E. Butterfly Valves: 1. Bronze Body: Stainless steel disc, resilient replaceable seat, threaded or grooved ends, extended neck, hand wheel and gear drive and integral indicating device , and buirt-in tamper proof switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 210500 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2. Cast or Ductile Iron Body: Cast or ductile iron, chrome or nickel plated ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends. With extended neck, hand wheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and extemal tamper switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. F. Check Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze body and swing disc, mbber seat, threaded ends. Similar to Stockham Model No. B-319Y. 2. Over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, swing check, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends. Similar to Stockham Model No. G-939. 3. 4 inches and Over: Iron body, bronze disc with stainless steel spring, resilient seal, threaded, wafer, or flanged ends. 2.2 BURIED PIPING A. Double fron: AWWA C151. 1. Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile iron standard thickness. 2. Joints: AWWA C111, mbber gasket. 3. Mechanical Couplings: Shaped composition sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers. 4. Jackets: AWWA C105, polyethylene jacket for corrosive soils. 2.3 ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B; ASTM A135; ASTM A135 UL listed, threadable, light wall for mains larger than 2 inch; or ASTM A795; Schedule 40 black, outside applications shall be galvanized pipe. Pipes shall have a corrosion resistance ratio (CRR) of 1.00 or greater per UL listing. Piping shall be black carbon steel, except in FM approved dry systems, where pipe shall be hot-dipped galvanized to meet ASTM A795 zinc coating specifications. Pipe shall be Schedule 40 or equal; for 2 inches and smaller. Threaded joints and fittings. Schedule 10 for pipes size 2-1/2 inches or larger. Victaulic or grooved fittings may be used. 1. Steel Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel, butt welded; ASME B 16.25, butt weld ends; ASTM A234/A234M, wrought carbon steel and alloy steel; ASME B16.5, steel flanges and fittings; or ASME B16.11, forged steel socket welded and threaded. 2. Cast fron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and flanged fittings; or ASME B16.4, threaded fittings. 3. Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, threaded fittings or ASTM A47. 2.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Conform to NFPA 13. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inch and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. D. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp or carbon steel clevis. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 210500 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 E. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install piping in accordance with NFPA 13 for sprinkler systems and NFPA 24 for service mains. B. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building stmcture. Maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E. Pipe through floors, wall, and ceilings, at head locations, shall be equipped with approved sleeves and escutcheons. Escutcheons shall be polished chrome plated. F. Install pipe sleeve at piping penetrations through footings, walls, and floors. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to maintain fire resistance equivalent to fire separation. G. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without sttessing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. H. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with NFPA 13. 2. Install hangers to with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 3. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 4. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 5. Support vertical piping at every fioor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 6. Where installing several pipes in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 7. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Section 09 90 00. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. I. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Install eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 210500 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrory City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 J. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to stmctural building framing, scrape, bmsh clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. Refer to Section 09 90 00. K. Do not penetrate building stmctural members unless indicated. L. Where more than one piping system material is specified, install compatible system components and joints. Install flanges, union, and couplings at locations requiring servicing. M. Die cut threaded joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with red lead and linseed oil or other non-toxic joint compound applied to male threads only. N. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings after installation. O. Install gate or butterfly valves for shut-off or isolating service. P. Install drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. Q. Sprinkler system shall be provided with complete drainage facilities in accordance with UBC Std drain discharge shall not spill on grade. It shall go into a sewer. R. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and install through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. S. Upon completion and prior to acceptance of installation. Contractor shall subject system, including underground supply connections, to tests required by UBC Std and shall fiimish the District with a certificate of compliance as required. T. Close nipples shall not be used. Threaded unions shall not be installed in concealed areas unless provided with an approved access panel. U. Fire sprinkler systems piping hanger and supports shall conform to the UBC Std requirements. V. Underground pipe shall be laid on a flat undisturbed sand bed. After required pressure-leak test, pipe shall be covered with sand not less than 6 inches thick, prior to backfilling. W. Piping to a sprinkler head in the elevator machine room or elevator shaft shall not go out of the room or shaft. 3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Inserts: 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers Irom reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Install hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 210500 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 3.4 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean entire system after other constmction is complete. END OF SECTION 21500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 210500 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 210500 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 211313 - WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Section includes wet-pipe sprinkler system, system design, installation, and certification. A. B. 1.2 A. 1.3 Related Sections: 1. Section 09 90 00: Paints and Coatings. 2. Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to equipment specified by this section. 3. Section 31 23 16: Excavation. REFERENCES National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 13 - Installation of Sprinkler Systems. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Scope of Work: The scope of work is to: 1. Provide Wet-Pipe Fire Sprinkler System throughout the entire building with the exception of Storage room 210. 2. Provide a new 4-inch fire service lateral from Laguna Drive complete with non- indicating gate valve in roadway, double check valve assembly, post indicator valve and fire department connection. The new 4-inch underground service will connect to the existing 6-inch underground water line. Provide and install new Wet-Pipe Fire Sprinklers throughout the building. 3. The Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System design shall be based on a density of 0.10 gpm per sq. ft./l,500 sq. ft. (Light Hazard, except large stack rooms) and on a density of 0.20 gpm per sq. ft./l,500 sq. ft. (Ordinary Hazard - Group 2, large stack rooms). B. Section Includes: Fumish and install fire sprinkler system for protection of all required areas of the entire building. Items required for this work include but are not limited to: 1. Automatic Wet-Pipe Fire Sprinkler System. 2. Preparation of complete shop installation drawings for the fire sprinkler systems and approvals. 3. Required permits, licenses and inspections. 4. Cleaning, testing and adjusting. 5. Project record documents of work as installed. C. Provide hydraulically designed system to NFPA 13 occupancy requirements. 1. Hydraulic calculations shall be based on a format acceptable to the Authority having jurisdiction. Calculations shall be performed utilizing no more than 90 percent ofthe minimum available water supply. 2. Approval by the fire authorities may cover minimum legal requirements and does not supersede more extensive contractual requirements. WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211313 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 D. Determine volume and pressure of incoming water supply from water flow test data. E. Interface system with building fire and smoke alarm system. F. Provide fire department connections as indicated on Drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of finished ceiling areas indicating sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation. Indicate detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, seismic restraint details, sprinklers, components and accessories. 1. Shop drawings shall be prepared and be signed by a licensed fire protection engineer of the State of Califomia. 2. Installation of fire sprinkler system shall not start until approved drawings have been retumed to Conttactor by the architect. Alignment of fire sprinklers and relationship to ceiling tile locations shall be as approved by the architect. C. Product Data: Submit data on sprinklers, valves, and specialties, including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections. D. Design Data: Submit design calculations; signed and sealed by professional engineer. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate drain and test locations. Record prints as installed shall be kept curtent on site, available for Fire Inspector and the District Inspector to review. At completion of installation, record prints shall be signed by installer and delivered to the architect for correcting tracings to record drawing status. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit components of system, servicing requirements, record drawings, inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and location and numbers of service depot. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with applicable national or local codes and standards: ASTM, ASME, ANSI, lAPMO, Federal Specifications, MSS Specifications, AWWA, CISPI, NFPA, FM, UL, UPC, UMC. B. Unless otherwise noted, provisions of NFPA 13, Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems, are made part of this section. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211313-2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. C. Design system under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of Califomia. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Store products in shipping containers until installation. C. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. D. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. E. Fumish piping with temporary inlet and outlet caps until installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for all valves. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Fumish extra sprinklers under provisions of NFPA 13. C. Fumish suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type. D. Fumish metal storage cabinet located adjacent to alarm valve or as directed by the Inspector. WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211313 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SPRINKLERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Automatic Sprinkler Corp. 2. Grirmell Corp. 3. Reliable Sprinkler Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Suspended and Hard Lid Ceiling Type: 1. Type: Recessed or Concealed pendant type with matching push on or screw on escutcheon plate. 2. Finish: Chrome plated, or Enamel, color white as directed by the Architect. 3. Escutcheon Plate Finish: Chrome plated or Enamel, color white as directed by the Architect. 4. Fusible Link: Quick response, glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. 5. Similar to Reliable Model No. FIFR or G4A. C. Exposed Area Type: 1. Type: Standard upright type with guard as required. 2. Finish: Brass. 3. Fusible Link: Quick response glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. 4. Similar to Reliable Model No. FIFR. D. Side wall Type: 1. Type: Standard or Recessed horizontal side wall type with matching push on or screw on escutcheon plate as directed by the Architect. 2. Finish: Chrome plated, enamel, color white, as directed by the Architect. 3. Escutcheon Plate Finish: Chrome plated or Enamel, color white as directed by the Architect. 4. Fusible Link: Quick response glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. 5. Similar to Reliable Model No. SW56. E. Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish. 2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with EPDM seat, clapper to automatically actuate alarm, with pressure retard chamber and variable pressure trim similar to Reliable Model No. G. B. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings: 1. Standard: UL's listed or FM Global approved. 2. Pressure Rating: 3000 psig. 3. Body Material: Bronze body, brass stem, steel handle, chrome-plated bronze ball, virgin Teflon valve seat. Sight Glass: Bronze housing with viewing window. WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211313 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 4. Components: A tamper resistant test orifice and a tapped port for system access. 5. Test Orifice Size: Nominal Vi" as required by NFPA. 6. Size: F.I.P.T., same as cormected piping. 7. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. 8. Similar to AGF Model No. 3011 SG. C. Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, with two contacts; rated 10 amp at 125 volt AC. Similar to Potter Electric Model No. VSR. D. Alarm Bell: Electrically operated, red enameled gong with pressure switch. Viking Model PB Series. E. Post Indicator Valve: UL listed and FM approved, installed in conjunction with an attached vertical indicator post to indicate if the gate valve is open or closed, operated with a T- wrench, non-rising stem with a 2-inch square wrench nut, and electric supervisory switching device mounted to the indicator post. Mueller Co. Model A-2075-16 or A02074- 16 gate valve with an A-20801 adjustable type indicator post. F. Backflow Preventer: ASSE 1015, Double check valve assembly, epoxy coated cast iron check valve bodies with bronze seats, resilient wedge OS&Y gate valves. Watts Model 709. G. Supervisory Switches: 1. Post Indicator Valves: UL listed/FM approved, Potter-Roemer, Inc. Figure 6223. 2. OS&Y Gate Valves: UL listed/FM approved, Potter-Roemer, Inc. Figure 6220. 3. Zone Control Valves: UL listed/FM approved, Potter-Roemer, Inc. Figure 6221. H. Fire Department Coimections: 1. Type: Flush mounted wall type with chrome plated finish. 2. Outlets: Ductile iron body, two-way with thread size to suit fire department hardware, threaded dust-cap and chain of matching material and finish, 90 degree angle pattem. United Model 91. 3. Check Valve: Ductile iron body, bronze clapper and seat ring, UL listed/FM approved. United Model 68. 4. Label: "Sprinkler - Fire Department Connection" PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Install buried shut-off valves in valve box. Fumish post indicator. C. Install Fire Department connections, check valves, shut-off valves, test and drain assemblies and flow indicator as required. D. Locate outside alarm on building wall as indicated on Drawings or as required by the authority having jurisdiction. WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211313 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 E. Place pipe mns to minimize obstmction to other work. F. Install piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. G. Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and install piping offsets. H. Install guards on sprinklers as required by NFPA 13. I. Hydrostatically test entire system. J. Require test be witnessed by authority having jurisdiction. 3.2 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Verify signal devices are installed and connected to fire alarm system. 3.3 CLEANING A. Flush entire piping system of foreign matter. 3.4 SYSTEM TESTS A. For pressure test, use a hydrostatic pressure of 50 psi greater than the maximum working pressure of the system, except that for those portions of the system having pipe size larger than 2 inches in diameter, hydrostatic test pressure shall be not less than 200 psi. Hold this i^im)^ pressure not less than 2 hours. Prior to the pressure test, fill that portion of the pipeline -.^^ being tested with water for a soaking period of not less than 24 hours. For leakage test, use a hydrostatic pressure not less than the maximum pressure of the system. Leakage test may be performed at the same time and at the same test pressure as the pressure test. Repair all leaks and replace piping, fittings and other system components as required, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Test shall be witnessed by authority having jurisdiction and Architect. END OF SECTION 211313 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 211313 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 220500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 2. Sleeves. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for piping and equipment identification list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for pipe identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number. B. Product Data for Pipe and Equipment Identification: Submit for mechanical identification manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. C. Samples for Pipe and Equipment Identification: Submit two tags, 1-1/2 inches in size. Submit two labels, 1.9 x 0.75 inches in size. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each submittal document on site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. Plastic Nameplates: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light background color. B. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light background color, minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter. COMMON WORK RESULT FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 C. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, fiexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1. 2.2 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sealant: Acrylic. 2.3 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc. 2. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. 3.2 INSTALLATION - PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Install plastic nameplates with adhesive on each branch of domestic water and sanitary sewer. B. Install plastic tags with corrosion resistant metal chain. 3.3 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals. COMMON WORK RESULT FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. D. Extend sleeves through fioors 1 inch above finished fioor level. Caulk sleeves. E. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with firestopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. F. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. END OF SECTION 220500 COMMON WORK RESULT FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 220523 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ball valves. 2. Check valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 22 05 03 - Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 2. Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 3. Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation. 4. Section 22 11 00 - Facility Water Distribution. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 2. MSS SP IIO - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit hanging and support methods, joining procedures. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit installation instmctions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each document on site. GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 3 years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not install valves underground when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for wartanties. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for valves excluding packing. 1.11 EXTRA MATERLA.LS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for extra materials. B. Fumish two packing kits for each size valve. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Red White Valves. 2. Apollo Valves. 3. Milwaukee Valve Company. 4. NIBCO, Inc. GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 B. 2-1/2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, 600 psi WOG two piece bronze body, chrome plated brass ball, full port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, solder ends, lever handle extended lever handle. 2.2 CHECK VALVES A. Horizontal Swing Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Red White Valves. b. Apollo Valves. c. Hammond Valve d. Milwaukee Valve Company e. NIBCO, hic. 2. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 150 bronze body and cap, bronze seat, Buna-N, solder ends. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify piping system is ready for valve installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. C. Install valves with clearance for installation of insulation and allowing access. D. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Install shutoff valves at locations indicated on Drawings in accordance with this Section. B. Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate part of system. END OF SECTION 220523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Pianning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 SECTION 220529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe hangers and supports. 2. Hanger rods. 3. Inserts. 4. Flashing. 5. Sleeves. 6. Mechanical sleeve seals. 7. Firestopping relating to plumbing work. 8. Firestopping accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. 2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-hi-Place Concrete. 3. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping. 4. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 5. Section 22 05 03 - Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 6. Section 22 11 00 - Facility Water Distribution. 7. Section 22 13 00 - Facility Sanitary Sewerage. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping. B. ASTM fritemational: 1. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM El 19 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Constmction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Test Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops. 4. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. 5. ASTM El966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS Dl.l- Stmcttiral Welding Code - Steel. D. FM Global: 1. FM - Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation. E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer. ^g—^ 2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Constmction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. G. Intertek Testing Services (Wamock Hersey Listed): 1. WH - Certification Listings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping Through-Penetration Protection System: Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penettations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated constmction. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM El 19 UL 263 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent constmction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating. B. Surface Buming: ASTM E84 with maximum flame spread / smoke developed rating of 25/450. C. Firestop intermptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to applicable code FM fire resistance ratings and surface buming characteristics. B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location including critical dimensions, sizes, and pipe hanger and support locations and detail of trapeze hangers. C. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. D. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 E. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Indicate calculations used to determine load carrying capacity of ttapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instmctions. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Engineering Judgements: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: UL 1479 or ASTM E814 with 0. 10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 2. Floor and Roof Penettations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. a. Floor Penetrations within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required. B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non-Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of fiame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 2. Penettating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penettating items connecting maximum of two stories. C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: ASTM El966 or UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. D. Fire Resistant Joints between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM El 19 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly. E. Surface Buming Characteristics: 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. F. Perform Work in accordance with applicable authority for welding hanger and support attachments to building stmcture. G. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum 3 years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and constmction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original packaging. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials. D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. 1.12 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for pipe hangers and supports. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 2. Creative Systems Inc. 3. Flex-Weld, Inc. 4. Glope Pipe Hanger Products Inc. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Plumbing Piping - DWV: 1. Conform to ASME B31.9. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 5. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, carbon-steel adjustable, ring. C. Plumbing Piping - Water: 1. Conform to ASME B31.9 Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. 2. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 3. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 4. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 5. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, Carbon-steel ring. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded on one end, or continuous threaded. 2.3 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.4 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 26 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Metal Counterfiashing: 22 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Flexible Flashing: 47 mil thick sheet butyl; compatible with roofing. D. Caps: Steel, 22 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. 2.5 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sealant: Acrylic ; refer to Section 07 90 00. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 5 City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc. 2. NMP Corporation 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic mbber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing mbber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. 2.7 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Coming Corp. 2. Fire Trak Corp. 3. Hilti Corp. Model. B. Product Description: Different tj^es of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Multiple component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Multiple component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops. 6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. C. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range of colors. 2.8 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. C. General: 1. Fumish UL listed product. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penettated. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 D. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where piping is exposed. 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, fumish mechanical sealing device to continuously fill annular space between piping and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond. C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. D. Obtain permission from Architect before using powder-actuated anchors. E. Do not drill or cut stmctural members. F. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting stmctural members. 3.3 EVJSTALLATION - INSERTS A. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. B. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger. D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install in accordance with Stmctural detail drawings. B. Support horizontal piping recommended by stmctural engineer drawings. C. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. E. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. F. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. G. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. H. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers. I. Support riser piping independentiy of connected horizontal piping. J. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. K. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. L. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. M. Provide clearance in hangers and from stmcture and other equipment for installation of insulation. 3.5 INSTALLATION - FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping penetrates weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 3 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked 1 inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, tum fianges back into wall and caulk, metal counter-flash, and seal. 3.6 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entties: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals. B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 D. Extend sleeves through fioors 2 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. E. Where piping penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe and adjacent work with firestopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. F. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.7 INSTALLATION - FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated constmction perimeters and openings containing penettating sleeves, piping and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating to uniform density and texture. D. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size. E. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of stmcture penetrated. F. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. 2. 3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble mbber links of mechanical sealing device to size of piping and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions. 4. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at laboratories, telecommunication rooms, and data rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 9 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. 3.9 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.10 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 10 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 220553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Tags. 3. Pipe markers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. -^,^0 C. Samples: Submit two tags, labels, pipe markers, and, size used on project. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Indicate installation instmctions, special procedures, and installation. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves; include valve tag numbers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ASME A 13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems and accessories. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.9 EXTRA MATERL\LS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Craftmark Identification Systems. 2. Safety Sign Co. 3. Seton Identification Products. B. Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light conttasting background color. 2.2 TAGS A. Plastic Tags: 1. Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light conttasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter. B. Metal Tags: 1. Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter with finished edges. 2.3 PIPE MARKERS A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1. B. Plastic Pipe Markers: IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Pianning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 1 0, 2015 1. Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener. C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: 1. Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00 for stencil painting. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. B. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location. C. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags. D. Identify piping, concealed or exposed using pipe markers to identify service and flow direction. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight mns and at each side of penetration of stmcture or enclosure, and at each obstmction. END OF SECTION 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 220700 - PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 Section Includes: 1. Plumbing piping insulation, jackets and accessories. 2. Plumbing equipment insulation, jackets and accessories. REFERENCES A. ASTM Intemational: I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. ASTM C195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement. ASTM C449/C449M - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement. ASTM C450 - Standard Practice for Prefabrication and Field Fabrication of Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers for NPS Piping, Vessel Lagging, and Dished Head Segments. ASTM C533 - Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. ASTM C534 - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. ASTM C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. ASTM C585 - Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System). ASTM C591 - Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. ASTM C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. ASTM C92I - Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation. ASTM Cl 136 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 19. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials and thickness for each service, and location. C. Samples: Submit two samples of representative size illustrating each insulation type. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit manufacturers published literature indicating proper installation procedures. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test pipe insulation for maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke developed index of not exceeding 450 50 in accordance with ASTM E84 and UL 723, B. Pipe insulation manufactured in accordance with ASTM C585 for inner and outer diameters. C. Factory fabricated fitting covers manufactured in accordance with ASTM C450. D. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented. 1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. C. Protect insulation from weather and constmction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range recommended by manufacturer. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for man made fiber. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturers for Glass Fiber and Mineral Fiber Insulation Products: 1. CertainTeed. 2. Knauf 3. Johns Manville. 4. Owens-Coming. B. Manufacturers for Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation Products: 1. Aeroflex. Aerocell. 2. Armacell, LLC. Armaflex. 3. Nomaco. K-flex. 2.2 PIPE INSULATION A. ASTM C547, molded glass fiber pipe insulation. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 850 degrees F. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3. Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type I, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints. 4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F. B. ASTM C534, Tj^e I, flexible, closed cell elastomeric insulation, tubular. 1. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F. 2. Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 70 to 180 degrees F. 2.3 PIPE INSULATION JACKETS A. Vapor Retarder Jacket: 1. ASTM C921, white Kraft paper with glass fiber yam, bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm-inches. B. PVC Plastic Pipe Jacket: 1. Product Description: ASTM D1784, One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color. 2. Thickness: 10 15 30 mil. 3. Connections: Bmsh on welding adhesive Tacks Pressure sensitive color matching vinyl tape. 2.4 PIPE INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. B. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation. C. Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter and smaller: Galvanized steel insulation protection shield. MSS SP-69, Type 40. Length: Based on pipe size and insulation thickness. D. Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation Pipe Hanger: Poljoirethane insert with stainless steel jacket single piece constmction with self adhesive closure. Thickness to match pipe insulation. E. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers. F. Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C449/C449M. G. Insulating Cement: ASTM CI95; hydraulic setting on mineral wool. H. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify piping and equipment has been tested before applying insulation materials. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 C. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. 3.2 INSTALLATION - PIPING SYSTEMS A. Piping Exposed to View in Finished Spaces: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. B. Continue insulation through penetrations of building assemblies or portions of assemblies having fire resistance rating of one hour or less. Provide intumescent firestopping when continuing insulation through assembly. Finish at supports, protmsions, and intermptions. Refer to Section 07 84 00 for penetrations of assemblies with fire resistance rating greater than one hour. C. Hot Piping Systems less than 140 degrees F: 1. Fumish factory-applied or field-applied standard jackets. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples or pressure sensitive adhesive system on standard factory-applied jacket and butt strips or both. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers. D. Inserts and Shields: 1. Piping 1-1/2 inches Diameter and Smaller: Install galvanized steel shield between pipe hanger and insulation. 2. Piping 2 inches Diameter and Larger: Install insert between support shield and piping and under finish jacket. a. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of thickness and contour matching adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. b. Insert Material: Compression resistant insulating material suitable for planned temperature range and service. E. Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation: 1. Push insulation on to piping. 2. Miter joints at elbows. 3. Seal seams and butt joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. When application requires multiple layers, apply with joints staggered. 5. Insulate fittings and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. 3.3 SCHEDULES PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION TYPE PIPE SIZE INSULATION THICKNESS inches Domestic Hot Water Supply 1-1/4 inches and smaller 0.5 and Recirculation 1-1/2 inches and larger 1.0 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 END OF SECTION 220700 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 221100 - FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Domestic water piping. 2. Unions and flanges. 3. Valves. 4. Water hammer arrestors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 00 2. Section 22 05 23 3. Section 22 05 29 4. Section 22 05 53 5. Section 22 07 00 1.2 REFERENCES - Firestopping. General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. Plumbing Insulation. A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 2. ASME B 16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 3. ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 4. ASME Section IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Welding and Brazing Qualifications. B. American Society of Sanitary Engineering: 1. ASSE 1010 - Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arresters. 2. ASSE 1011 - Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. C. ASTM Intemational: 1. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 2. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. D. American Welding Society: 1. AWS A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. E. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains. F. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP 80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 4. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION 221100 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 5. MSS SP 110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends. G. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: 1. PDI WH201 - Water Hammer Arrester Standard. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturer's catalog information. 2. Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service. 3. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity. 4. Domestic Water Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit installation instmctions for valves and accessories. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts list, exploded assembly views and recommended maintenance intervals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION 221100 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept valves and equipment on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer wartanty for domestic water piping. 1.11 EXTRA MATEIOALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Fumish two packing kits for each size valve, two loose keys for outside hose bibs hose end vacuum breakers for hose bibs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B 16.22, wrought copper and bronze. 2. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B32, 95-5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with melting range 430 to 535 degrees F. Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphoms/copper alloy with melting range 1190 to 1480 degrees F. 2.2 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller: 1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded. 2. Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered joints. FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION 221100 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3. Dielecttic Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 2.3 BALL VALVES (LEAD FREE) A. Manufacturers: 1. Red White Valve Corp. 2. Milwaukee Valve Company. 3. NIBCO, Inc. B. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP UO, 600 psi WOG, two piece bronze body, chrome plated brass ball, fiill port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, solder threaded ends, lever handle. C. 2 inches and larger: MSS SP 110, Class 150 600psi WOG two piece body, type 316 stainless steel ball, fiill port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, solder ends, lever handle. 2.4 CHECK VALVES A. Horizontal Swing Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Red White Valve Corp. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO, Inc. Model. 2.5 STRAINERS A. 2 inch and Smaller Class 150, threaded bronze body 300 psi CWP, Y pattem with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2.6 HOSE BIBS A. Interior: Bronze or brass with integral mounting flange, replaceable hexagonal disc, hose thread spout, chrome plated where exposed with lock shield and removable key, vacuum breaker in conformance with ASSE 1011. 2.7 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. ASSE 1010; copper constmction, piston type sized in accordance with PDI WH-201. B. Pre-charged suitable for operation in temperature range 34 to 250 degrees F and maximum 150 psi working pressure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION 221100 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. 3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install hangers and supports in accordance with Section 22 05 29. B. 3.4 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Install non-conducting dielecttic coimections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. C. Install piping to maintain headroom without interfering with use of space or taking more space than necessary. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. F. Provide clearance in hangers and from stmcture and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 22 07 00. G. Install domestic water piping in accordance with ASME B31.9. H. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 22 05 29. I. Install firestopping at fire rated constmction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section 22 05 29. J. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. K. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe. L. Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate part of system. M. Install water hammer arrestors on hot and cold water supply piping to sinks. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION 221100 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Test domestic water piping system in accordance with applicable code and local authority having jurisdiction. 3.6 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Disinfect water distribution system in accordance with Section 33 13 00. C. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder and tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain residual from 50 to 80 mg/L. D. Bleed water from outlets to obtain distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outiets. E. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. F. When final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual concentration is equal to incoming water or 1.0 mg/L. H. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 2 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. END OF SECTION 221100 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION 221100 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 221300 - FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sanitary sewer piping above and below grade. 2. Cleanouts. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 00 by this section. 2. Section 22 05 03 • 3. Section 22 05 29 4. Section 22 05 53 • Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement Pipes and Tubes for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 1.2 REFERENCES A. B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). 2. ASME B 16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV. 3. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping. ASTM Intemational: 1. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast fron Soil Pipe and Fittings. ASTM B306 - Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. ASTM D2751 - Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. ASTM F628 - Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe With a Cellular Core. C. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute: 1. CISPI 301 - Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 2. CISPI 310 - Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE 221300 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information. 2. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit installation instmctions for material and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and clean-outs. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. FACIUTY SANITARY SEWERAGE 221300 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 1.10 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SANITARY SEWER PIPING A. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hub-less. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gasket and stainless steel clamp and shield assemblies. B. ABS Pipe: ASTM D2751 or ASTM F628, Schedule 40, DWV, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene- Styrene. 1. Fittings: ABS, ASTM D2751. 2. Joints: ASTM D2235, solvent weld. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. 3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Inserts: 1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 4. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab. B. Pipe Hangers and Supports: FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE 221300 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9 and MSS SP 89. 2. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 3. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 4. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 3.4 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Slopes for drainage to 1/4 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients. B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Provide clearances at cleanout for snaking drainage system. C. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. D. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. E. Install piping to maintain headroom. F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints. G. Install piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly. H. Where pipe support members are welded to stmctural building framing, scrape, bmsh clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. I. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. J. Install firestopping at fire rated constmction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. END OF SECTION 221300 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE 221300 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 221400 - FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Storm water piping above grade. 2. Roof and Overflow Drains B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping. 2. Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 3. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV). 2. ASME B 16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV. 3. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping. B. ASTM Intemational: 1. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 2. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 3. ASTM B306 - Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV). 4. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. C. Cast fron Soil Pipe Institute: 1. CISPI 301 - Standard Specification for Hubless Cast fron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. 2. CISPI 310 - Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer. 2. MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. 3. MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes for roof and overflow drains. -••inDlliP^ FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE 221400 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Librory City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 C. Product Data: 1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information. 2. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit installation instmctions for material and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and clean-outs. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts lists, exploded assembly views for pumps and equipment. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with CPC. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE 221400 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. I.U WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty. 1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STORM WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301. 2. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. 2.2 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc. 2. Creative Systems Inc. 3. Flex-Weld, Inc. 4. Glope Pipe Hanger Products Inc. B. Drain, Waste, and Vent: Conform to ASME B31.9. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. D. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. E. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. F. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon-steel, copper-plated adjustable ring. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE 221400 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. 3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install hangers and supports in accordance with Section 22 05 29. 3.4 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/8 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients. B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. C. Install piping to maintain headroom. D. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint. E. Install firestopping at fire rated constmction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Test storm drainage piping system in accordance with applicable code CPC END OF SECTION 221400 FACIUTY STORM DRAINAGE 221400 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 224000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sinks. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection: Product requirements for calking between fixtures and building components for placement by this section. 2. Section 22 11 00 - Facility Water Distribution: Supply connections to plumbing fixtures. 3. Section 22 13 00 - Facility Sanitary Sewerage: Waste connections to plumbing fixtures. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI Al 17.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME Al 12.18.1 - Plumbing Fixttire Fittings. 2. ASME Al 12.19.3 - Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit installation methods and procedures. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit fixture, ttim, exploded view and replacement parts lists. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide products requiring electrical connections listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for plumbing fixtures. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer uniformity of materials and equipment shall be the standard catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such fixtures or equipment, and shall be the latest standard designs that comply with the specification requirements. B. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Stainless Steel Sinks: a. American Standard b. Just Mfg. Co. c. Elkay Mfg. Co. PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 d. Or approved equal 2. Faucets: a. Chicago Faucet Co. b. Speakman c. Or approved equal 2.2 FIXTURES A. Plumbing fixture ttim shall be brass with polished chromium plated finish unless otherwise specified. B. Fixtures shall be in compliance with state water conservation requirements and local code compliance. 2.3 SINKS A. Sink(S-I): 1. Bowl: ADA Compliant, stainless steel, ledge type, single compartment, I9"x21"x6- 1/2", type 304, 18-8 stainless steel, self-rimming. Just Mfg. SL-ADA-1921-A-GR or equal. 2. Faucet: ASME A1I2.18.1, ADA Compliant, deck mounted, rigid/swing gooseneck faucet with wrist balde handles, chrome plated solid brass constmction, vandal proof aerating outiet, 1.5 gpm. Chicago Faucets 201-AGN8AE35-317AB or equal. 3. Accessories: Chrome plated 17 gage brass p-trap and arm with escutcheon, !4 tum supply stops, stainless steel flexible braided supplies. 2.4 INSULATION KIT A. Product Description: Where Sinks are noted to be insulated for ADA compliance, fumish the following: Safety Covers conforming to ANSI A177.1 and consisting of insulation kit of molded closed cell vinyl constmction, 3/16 inch thick, white color, for insulating tailpiece, P-trap, valves, and supply piping. Fumish with weep hole and angle valve access covers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. C. Verify electric power is available and of correct characteristics. D. Confirm millwork is constmcted with adequate provision for installation of counter top sinks. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture """^ rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install each fixture with ttap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. B. Provide chrome plated flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and escutcheons. C. Install components level and plumb. 3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Review millwork shop-drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough in and installation. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. 3.6 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean plumbing fixtures. 3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting installed constmction. B. Do not permit use of fixtures before final acceptance. END OF SECTION 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 23 05 01 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. General provision: 1. Mechanical General Provisions supplement the requirements of Division 1. 2. This Division is an integrated whole comprising interrelated and interdependent sections and shall be considered in its entirety in determining requirements. 3. Applies to all Work and requirements of Division 23. B. Provide a complete and operable installation, including all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tools, apparatus, fransportation, warehousing, rigging, scaffolding and other equipment and services necessary to accomplish the work in accordance with the intent and meaning of these drawings and specifications. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Concrete work, except as otherwise specified: Division 3. 2. Motor starters and disconnect switches, wiring and conduit, except as otherwise specified: Division 26, 27 and 28. 3. Painting, except as otherwise specified: Division 9. 4. Outside air intake, exhaust louvers and screens: Division 8 and 9. 5. Installation of access doors and plaster frames for registers and grilles: Division 8. 6. Temperature control wiring, except as otherwise specified herein: Division 26,27 and 28. D. This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for mechanical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1. 1. Submittals 2. Coordination drawings 3. Record Documents 4. Maintenance manuals 5. Rough-ins 6. Mechanical installations 7. Cutting and Patching 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. "Provide" means fiimish, install and connect unless otherwise described in specific instances. B. "Piping" means pipes, fittings, valves and all like pipe accessories connected thereto. C. "Ductwork" means ducts, plenums, compartments, or casings including the building stmcture, which are used to convey or contain air. D. "Extend", "Submit", "Repair" and similar words mean that the Contractor (or his designated subcontractor) shall accomplish the action described. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 E. "Codes" or "Code" means all codes, laws, statutes, mles, regulations, ordinances, orders, decrees, and other requirements of all legally constituted authorities and public utility franchise holders having jurisdiction. F. "Products", "Materials" and "Equipmenf' are used interchangeably and mean materials, fixtures, equipment, accessories, etc. G. "Utility Areas" are defined as mechanical, electrical, janitorial, and similar rooms or spaces which are normally used or occupied only by custodial or maintenance personnel. "Public Areas" are defined as the rooms or spaces that are not included n the utility areas definition. H. "Building Boundary" includes concrete walkways immediately adjacent to the building stmcture. I. "Below Grade" means buried in the ground. J. "Substantial Mechanical Completion" means all components of all systems are functioning but lacking in final adjustment. K. "Pressure Rating Specified" (such as for valves and the like) mean design working pressure for and with references to the fiuid which the device will serve. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations and standards: (Current Edition unless otherwise noted) AABC Associated Air Balance Council ADC Air Diffuser Council, Test Code AGA American Gas Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASA American Standards Association ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWWA American Water Works Association CCR California Code of Regulation CBC California Building Code CEC California Electric Code CMC California Mechanical Code CPC California Plumbing Code CTI Cooling Tower Institute CS Commercial Standards - U.S. Department of Commerce CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute FMS Factory Mutual System FIA Factory Insurance Association HI Hydraulic Institute Standards lAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials IRI Industrial Risk Insurance Companies ISA Instrument Society of America BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society NCWB National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau OSHA Occupation Safety and Health Act OSHPD Office of the Statewide Health Planning and Development PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association SHEMA Steam Heating, Equipment Manufacturers Association SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. SCAQMD Southern California Air Quality Management Division UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. B. Requirements of regulatory agencies: Nothing in the Drawings and Specifications shall be constmed to permit work not conforming to applicable laws, ordinances, mles and regulations. In the event of a conflict with local ordinances and statutes, the local requirements shall take precedence over the specified standards and codes. When drawings and specifications exceed requirements of applicable laws, ordinances, mles and regulations, the Drawings and Specifications take precedence. It shall be the Conttactor's responsibility to correct, at no cost to the Owner, any work he executes in violation of Code requirements. Specific references to codes elsewhere in this Division are either to aid the Contractor in locating applicable information or to deny him permission to use options that are permitted by codes. C. Permits and inspections charges: 1. Refer to the General Conditions of the Contract. 2. Obtain schedule and pay for permits, licenses, approvals, tests, inspection and certificate of final inspection required by legally constituted authorities and public utility franchise holders having jurisdiction over the work. 3. Afford the owner's representative every facility for evaluating the skill and competence of the mechanics and to examine the materials. Concealed work shall be reopened when so directed during the periodic visits. D. Service connections: 1. Sanitary and storm sewer: Make all arrangements with the proper authorities and connect building sewers to existing street sewers where indicated. 2. Domestic "plumbing" water: Make all arrangements with the proper authorities for water meter installation and connect to main where indicated. 3. Fuel gas: Make all arrangements with the proper authorities for gas meter and regulator installation including any excess line cost by the local gas company. Vent regulator to outside of building at approved location, subject to approval by the Architect. 4. Make all artangements with the proper authorities for the domestic water service mains. Extend the mains through the building to the domestic service as indicated. Provide outside indicating valve in concrete manhole. Connections to street water mains shall be included in the work of this section. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verifying Job Conditions: Examine all drawings and specifications in a manner to be fully cognizant to all work required under this Division. Adjoining work of other trades shall be examined for interferences and conditions affecting the work of this Division. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Visit site prior to bidding and investigate the existing conditions that affects and will be affected by the work of this Division. Become familiar with the working conditions and take into account any special or unusual features peculiar to these jobs. By the act of submitting the bid, the contractor will be deemed to have complied with the foregoing, to have accepted such conditions as could be reasonably determined at the time, and to have made allowance therefore in preparing his bid. C. The locations of existing utility lines are shown in accordance with reference data received by the Architect. The points of connection are therefore approximate and the Bidder shall include in his bid adequate funds to cover cost of connection regardless of their exact location. D. Exercise extreme caution during trenching operations. Repair the damage caused by such operations to existing utility lines at no cost to the Owner provided the lines could have been reasonably identified. 1.5 DRAWINGS A. The Contract Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping, ductwork and equipment. 1. For the purpose of clarity and legibility, drawings are essentially diagrammatic to the extent that many offsets, bends and special fittings and exact locations of items are not specifically dimensioned. Diagrammatic drawings shall be understood as schemes of required systems. 2. Drawings and specifications are intended to complement each other. Where confiicts exist between the drawings and/or specifications, the conttactor shall request clarification. 3. "The Architect" and/or, "The Engineer" shall interpret the drawings and the specifications, as to the tme intent and meaning thereof and the quality, quantity, and sufficiency of the materials and workmanship fumished there under. 4. In case of confiicts not clarified prior to bidding deadline, use the better quality, greater quantity or larger size in preparing bids. After the contract is awarded should the conflict require changes to the scope of work, a credit for the greater quantity will be required. 5. Certain mns of piping or ductwork may be shown distorted to avoid confiasion. However, systems shall be grouped into orderly fimction and relationship, consistent with code requirements and working space. 6. Exact routing of systems, locations of fixtures, grilles, thermostats and devices shall be govemed by stmctural conditions and obstmctions. Ceiling installed devices shall be located symmetrically with respect to room centeriine, lighting fixtures and type of ceiling system. Architectural restraints shall be verified before roughing-in. 7. Building and room dimensions, location of doors, partitions and similar physical features shall be taken from the Architectural Drawings at the approximate location shown on the Mechanical Drawings. 8. Manufacturers' drawings and instmctions shall be followed in all cases and will become the basis for inspecting and accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures utilized in the performance of the work. Where manufacturer's instmctions are in conflict with local codes or goveming ordinances, the architect shall be notified for determination. 9. Mechanical drawings are generally diagrammatic, and do not indicate necessary offsets, obstmctions, or stmctural conditions required for coordination with other trades. The contractor shall be responsible for the correct placing of his work and the proper location and connection of his work in relation with work of other trades. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 10. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to install the work in such a manner that it will conform to the stmcture, avoid obstmctions, and maintain headroom. 11. Items above are to be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 12. Manufacturer's drawings and instmctions, when not in conflict with goveming codes, shall be followed in all cases where the makers of devices and equipment fumish directions or details not shown on the Drawings or described in the Specifications. 13. Drawings are not intended to be scaled, but shall be followed with sufficient accuracy to coordinate with other work and stmctural limitations. 14. Work installed in a manner contrary to that shown on the drawings shall be removed and reinstated when so directed by the Architect. Discrepancies and questionable points shall be immediately reported to the Architect for clarification. B. Modification of Contract Drawings: 1. In the event that substitute materials or equipment will require, for proper installation, changes to the design as indicated on the Contract Drawings, appropriate proposed revision drawings in an approved format shall be submitted for review. Such drawings shall be sufficiently complete for the proper installation of the proposed substitute materials or equipment and for constmction by all interested trades of the proposed revisions to the Contract Documents. 2. The cost of the drawings, cost of drawing checking, and approval by all legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction shall be bome by the Contractor. All such drawings shall be made a part ofthe record documents as specified in Division 1. C. All provisions shall be deemed mandatory except as expressly indicated as optional by the work "may" or "option". D. Contractor shall verify, at the site, the location of all existing equipment, ductwork, piping, utilities, panel boards and partitions affecting the installation of new work. 1.6 INSTALLATION OF THE WORK A. Installation of mechanical work shall be coordinated with the Project Constmction Schedule. The contractor shall be totally responsible for coordinating the layout of all building elements to avoid conflict of the work of the stmctural, mechanical, electrical systems, and architectural features ofthe building. The cost of any extra work of any kind caused by a conflict due to this lack of coordination shall be bome by the Contractor. 1. Before proceeding with the work, the Conttactor shall examine all Contract Documents, check and verify all dimensions and sizes that may affect the fitting of his materials and equipment to other parts of the equipment, stmcture and work of other Divisions. 2. Work installed which interferes with the work of other trades shall be removed and reinstalled at the Contractor's expense when so directed by the Architect. 3. It shall be understood that no extras to the Contract will be permitted to accomplish the above results. 4. Notify the Architect of points of conflict between the work and that of other trades so that the conflict may be properly adjusted. 5. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 6. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 7. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of constmction, to allow for mechanical installations. 8. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured- in-place concrete and other stmctural components, as they are constmcted. 9. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 10. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 11. Coordinate connection of mechanical system with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of goveming regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform to approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements refer conflict to the Architect. 13. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 14. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 15. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. 16. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specific slope. B. Coordinate field details with other trades to avoid constmction delays and maintain required clearances. 1. Equipment bases and supports: Fumish certified details and drawings for approval before fabrication. Fumish all parts necessary for each base, sub-base and support. 2. Pipe sleeves and inserts: Fumish and install all pipe sleeves and pipe support inserts before concrete is poured. 3. Roof, wall and floor openings: Fumish shop drawings showing exact locations and sizes of openings through roofs, walls and floors. 4. When changes in size of equipment bases and pads result in additional design and constmction costs, such costs shall be bome by Contractor. 5. Moving of equipment: Investigate each space through which equipment must be moved. Where necessary, equipment shall be shipped from manufacturer in crated sections of size suitable for moving through restricted spaces available. C. Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with Division 1 to a scale of 1/4 inch = 1 foot-0 inches or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination for the installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the work, including but not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of piping, ductwork, equipment, and materials. Include the following: a. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 b. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. c. Equipment for connections and support details. d. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. e. Fire-rated wall and fioor penetrations. f Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. 2. Prepare fioor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 3. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air outiets and inlets, light fixtures, communication systems components, sprinklers, and other ceiling mounted items. 4. No extras will be allowed for changes made necessary by interference with work of other trades. Areas of limited clearance shall be laid out to y4 inch = 1 foot 0 inches scale with all ducts, pipes, conduits, beams, etc., shown and shall be signed by the General Contractor's superintendent on the job. D. Examine other Divisions for work related to the work of this Division, especially Division 26,27 and 28. E. Rough-In 1. Verify final locations of rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. 2. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 44 for rough-in requirements. F. Delivery and Storage: 1. All material shall be delivered to the site with all labels intact and identified to permit check against approved material lists and for shop drawings. Lost or damaged materials and equipment will be replaced by new at no increase in contract cost. Damaged factory applied finishes supplied with final finish under this Division shall be refinished as approved by the Architect, employing workmen skilled in the work involved. Finishing materials shall be obtained from the equipment or materials manufacturer. 2. Protect materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical damage both while storage and during constmction. G. Substitution of materials and equipment: 1. Where no specific make of material or equipment is mentioned, appropriate products of approved manufacturers may be used, providing they conform to the requirements of the system. 2. Materials and equipment may be followed by phrases "similar to", "equal to", or "as approved". In the cases of the Contractor desiring to use any other brand or manufacturer of the same quality, appearance and utility to that specified he shall request substitution as approved below, within thirty (30) calendar days after the commencement of the work. The Architect will approve or disapprove the request for substitution and his decision shall be final. Unless substitutions are requested within the time stated above, and as provided below, no deviation from the Specifications will be allowed. Requests for substitutions will only be considered if the Contractor submits the following information items 3 through 7. 3. Complete technical data including drawings, performance specifications, cost data and tests of the article proposed for substitution, including the reason for substitution. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 4. Complete breakdown of costs, indicating the cost differential to the Contract if the proposed substitution is accepted. 5. Statement by the Contractor that the proposed substitution is in full compliance with the Contract Documents and applicable codes. 6. List of other trades, which may be affected by the substitution. 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for any effect upon related work of any substitution and shall bear any additional costs generated by any substitutions, including the costs of the Architect/Engineers' additional services thereby made necessary. 1.7 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Openings have been indicated on the Architectural and Stmctural Drawings, additional openings or holes required for the work of this Division and cost of such work is an obligation to this Division. 1. Openings, cutting and patching to be in accordance with that specified under Division 1, 7 and 8. 2. At a time in advance of the work, verify the openings indicated on Architectural and Stmctural Drawings. If the work of this Division requires such, fumish new instmctions as to requirements for these openings, subject to approval by the Architect. B. Additional cutting and patching and reinforcement of constmction of building, required under the work of this Division, subject to approval by the Architect, to be performed under the Division of the Specification covering the particular materials, and the cost of same shall be an obligation to this Division. C. Core drilling of floor slabs and concrete walls for passage of pipes, where authorized by the Architect, shall be provided under the work of this Division. 1.8 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Do all excavation, trenching and backfill required to install the work of this Division both inside and outside, as indicated. Excavation and backfill to be in accordance with that specified under Division 31. B. Excavations are to be of the proper depth and width to install the required piping and/or equipment. Piping shall be installed promptly after excavation in order to keep frenches open as short a time as possible. C. Excavation: 1. Jetting or flooding of backfill will not be pennitted. 2. Any existing underground piping or conduit that is encountered shall be properly shored and protected from damage. Active piping shall be left intact and undamaged or relocated and reconnected to the existing system, as directed by the Architect. Any damage resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own expense. 3. All excavation, backfilling and repaving in connection with work in public sfreets, under public sidewalks or elsewhere in public property, shall be done as required by, or under the supervision of, the proper authorities. D. Trenching: BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 I. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. Pipe trench dimensions: The following requirements are considered minimal unless otherwise indicated, in order to provide adequate pipe clearances and bedding. Provide trenches wider than the specified minimum where required to properly install the particular type of piping. In the event utility company regulations, code requirements, or the pipe manufacturer's recommendations differ from these provisions, the more restrictive requirements shall take precedence: a. Pipe Burial Depths: Sewer & Drainage 34 inch (a) + pipe O.D. (b) + 3 inch bed Gas 30 inch + pipe O.D. + 4 inch bed Water (Domestic) 30 inch + pipe O.D. + 4 inch bed PVC 24 inch (30 inch at planters) + pipe Pre-insulated Piping 24 inch + jacket O.D. + 4 inch bed Condenser Water Pipes 24 inch + pipe O.D. + 4 inch bed Chilled Water Pipes 24 inch + pipe O.D. + 4 inch bed Notes: (a): Finish grade to top of pipe, typical (b): OD outside dimension Trench Widths: Sewer & Drainage 12 inch + pipe O.D. for 4 inch to 18 inch Gas 8 inch + pipe O.D. Water (Domestic) 8 inch + pipe O.D. Pre-insulated Piping 8 inch+jacket O.D. Condenser Water Pipes 8 inch + pipe O.D. Chilled Water Pipes 8 inch + pipe O.D. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation below required elevation and backfill with a layer of selected bedding sand prior to installation of pipe. Provide a minimum of 6 inch of stone or gravel cushion between rock bearing surface and pipe. Excavate trenches for piping and equipment with bottoms of french to accurate elevations for support of pipe and equipment on undisturbed soil. Do not install copper piping or metal gas piping in a common trench with other dissimilar metal piping or conduit; separate a minimum of 4 feet when mnning parallel to such piping or conduit. Separate muhiple parallel lines of piping in a common trench a minimum of 12 inch, both horizontally and vertically, between individual pipes. Install domestic water piping, mnning parallel in a common trench a minimum of 12 inches, both horizontally and vertically, between individual pipes. Do not mn electrical power and communications conduit in a common french with sewer, drainage, water or gas piping. Provide and install 14-gauge copper "Tracer" wire, continuous for entire length, for all underground non-metallic piping. Secure piping at ahemate joints, at each fitting and at each valve. Locate "Tracer" wire along side'of pipe, but not under pipe. Install thmst blocks in all pressurized lines. Install thmst blocks in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 9 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 E. Backfilling and Filling: 1. Backfilling and Filling: Place soil materials in layers to required sub grade elevations for each area classification listed below, using materials specified in appropriate Division of this specification. 2. Bedding: Lay and bed pipe in compacted select bedding sand, thickness as specified herein and backfill with the same material to a height of one foot above the top of pipe. a. Sewer drain lines, except as hereinafter specified may be bedded in the native soil provided it is rock free and sandy. Dig out under bell portions of the piping for uniform bearing. b. Under walks and pavements, use a combination of sub base materials and excavated or borrowed materials. c. Under building slabs, set piping on a 6 inch bed of damp sand and backfilled to 12 inches of sand over pipe. Remainder of backfilled to be of approved backfill material. d. Under piping and equipment, use sub base materials where required over rock bearing surface and for correction of unauthorized excavation. e. For piping less than 30 inches below surface of roadways, provide 4 inch thick concrete base slab support. After installation and testing of piping, provide a 4 inch thick concrete encasement (sides and top) prior to backfilling and placement of roadway sub base. f Other areas use excavated or borrowed materials. 3. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: a. Do not backfill until installation has been approved and as-built drawings are up to date. b. Inspection, testing, approval, and location of underground utilities have been recorded. c. Removal of concrete formwork. d. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids. e. Removal of trash and debris. 4. Placement and Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers of not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy equipment, and more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand operated tampers. 5. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required percentage as specified in Division 31. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 6. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to stmctures, piping, and equipment to required elevations. Prevent displacement of piping and equipment by carrying material uniformly around them to approximately same elevation in each lift. 7. Unauthorized excavation: a. Under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Architect. b. In locations other than those above, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Architects. '~%,^ 8. Materials: BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 10 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 a. Select Bedding Sand: Class A screened fill sand with a maximum particle size of 1/2 inch, not exceeding 18 percent and free of expansive materials, debris and organic matter. b. Select Backfill Material: Non-expansive soil excavated from the utility trench or site cut areas, or from off-site borrows material, which in the opinion of the Architect is suitable for backfilling. The material shall contain no rocks or clods over 3 inches in diameter, free of debris and organic matter, and a minimum of 40 percent of the material shall pass a No. 4 screen. Rock and clod size shall be limited to 3 inches maximum diaraeter for backfilling trenches 12 inches or less in width. c. Mastic Coatings: "Henry's" oil base roof mastic. d. Polyethylene sheeting not less than 8 mils thick. 1.9 CORROSION PROTECTION A. All below ground metallic fittings, valves, flanges, bolts, shall be protected against corrosion as follows: 1. All metallic components as described above shall receive a heavy coating of "Henry's" or "Marvin" oil base roof mastic. 2. After mastic coating is completed and inspected, wrap entire metallic component with a minimum of 8 mil polyethylene wrap overlapped 50 percent of the circumference and extended beyond ends of component as required for polyethylene to be secured to piping. The overlap seam shall be located to avoid backfill material from entering the encapsulated area. The ends of the seam of the polyethylene raaterial shall be secured to the piping and sealed with 3M Scotch or Calpico/Wrap No. 50, 10 mil, 2 inch wide, printed, pipe wrap and sealing tape. 3. The mastic coating shall be inspected and approved prior to finish application of the polyethylene material, which shall also be inspected. 1.10 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Drawings of Record: The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete record set of drawings. These shall be from the original drawings. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Architect at cost. This set of prints shall be kept on the job site, and shall be used only as a record set. This shall not be constmed as authorization for the Contractor to make changes in the layout without definite instmction in each case. B. The actual size, location and elevation of all buried lines, valve boxes, manholes, monuments, and stub outs shall be accurately located and dimensioned from building walls or other permanent landmarks. C. Changes: Clearly and correctly mark Record Drawings to show all changes made during the constmction process at the time the changed work is installed. No such changes shall be made in the work unless authorized by a Modification or by a specific approval of deviations or revisions in submittals. D. Upon completion of the work, a set of drawings marked as "As-Builts" and a compact disk containing electronic files of the drawings in curtent version of AutoCAD shall be submitted to BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 11 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 the Architect for approval. After approval, asp-built drawings and the elecfronic file shall be tumed over to the Owner's Representative. I.U STANDARDS A. Compliance shall be in conformance with the requirements of Division 1. Submit proof of material and equipment conformance to the requirements of Regulations and Standards. The label or listing of the specified agency will be acceptable evidence. In lieu ofthe label or listing, the Contractor may submit a written certificate from an approved, nationally recognized testing organization, adequately equipped and competent to perform such services, verifying that the items have been tested and that the work conforms to the Regulations and Standards, including the methods of testing utilized by the testing agency. 1.12 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide products by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of similar items with an acceptable history of successful production and ability to render competent and thorough technical services and spare parts through local organizations. 1. Provide the names and addresses of the nearest service and maintenance organization and spare parts supplier. 2. Discontinued models will not be accepted by the owner even if that model was specified. The architect must be immediately notified if there is a conflict in this matter. B. Materials and equipment shall be new, current models of manufacturers and bear complete identification by the manufacturers. C. Materials and equipment shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to equal or exceed specified, submitted and published ratings. Equipment specified by manufacturer's number shall include all accessories, controls and devices listed in manufacturers catalog as standard with the equipment. D. Provide a complete working installation with all equipment called for in proper operating conditions. Drawings and Specifications do not undertake to list every item or device of equipment to be installed. When an item or device is necessary for the operation of the equipment shown or specified, the items or devices shall be provided with the equipment that will allow the system to function properly. 1.13 SHOP DRAWINGS, MATERIAL LISTS AND SUBMITTAL DATA A. Material list: 6 copies of a complete list of material and equipment. It shall be tabbed and according to main areas of work and shall be submitted to the Architect within 30 days after award of Contract. Submission shall include manufacturers' names, catalog numbers and other data necessary for identification. 3 copies will be retumed to the Contractor. If corrections are required, 6 additional copies shall be resubmitted within 15 days. No material or equipment is to be delivered to the job site until the Architect has reviewed material lists. Contractor shall note all items that replaced discontinued models or items. B. Submittal data: Printed catalog material and brochures covering equipment and material shall be submitted as follows: 2 copies shall be submitted for preliminary review; 1 copy shall be retumed to the Contractor, who shall review the corrections, if so noted, and resubmit 6 copies BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 12 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 for final review. Assemble each brochure with tabbed separators for each specification section where products are noted to be submitted, with separate tabs for each product label. C. Three copies of final submittal data will be retumed to the Contractor. The Contractor may submit additional copies deemed necessary to correlate the work of other trades. 1. Submittal data to include complete brochures containing only items specified, indicating names of manufacturers, catalog figure numbers, technical data and requested information on each item. 2. Submittal data to be referenced to section number and paragraph numbers of the specifications, and to fixture and equipment indicated. Brochure not to contain extraneous material not specified. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Submission of shop drawings shall consist of 6 complete sets, indicating the required technical information. 2. Shop drawings shall use the same nomenclature indicated on the Drawings and must indicate locations where material or equipment is to be installed. 3. Shop drawings shall be submitted covering equipment, piping and ductwork in each equipment room. 4. Shop drawings shall be coordinated with all other trades covered by Contract Drawings before submission to the Architect. 5. Submit following material with all equipment room shop drawings: a. Manufacttirer's specifications, including materials, type, performance characteristics and capacity ratings. b. Certified dimension drawings, indicating size, component parts and installation details. c. Electrical wiring diagram and controls where applicable. d. Complete automatic control and wiring diagrams. e. Equipment supports. f For items such as valves, hangers and accessories, indicate specific items and where they are to be used, g. Supplementary framing including calculations. 6. Equipment and/or materials installed without the Contractor receiving written approval from the Architect are subject to removal and replacement by the Contractor with approved materials, at no additional cost to the Owner, or delay of job progress. E. Standard Compliance: Where equipment or materials are specified to conform with requirements of standards of recognized technical or industrial organizations such as National Electrical Manufacturers Association, American Society for Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), American Gas Association (AGA), or American Refrigeration Instimte (ARI), that use a label or published listing as a method of indicating compliance, proof of such conformance shall be submitted and approved. The label or listing of the specified organization will be acceptable evidence. In lieu of the label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization of suitable competence, stating that the item has been tested and found to conform to the specified standard. F. Certificates of Conformance of Compliance: Certifications shall be in the original and not preprinted. The certification shall not contain statements that could be interpreted to imply that the project does not meet all requirements specified, such as "as good as"; "achieve the same end BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 13 •*»ir^ CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications"; "equal or exceed the service and performance of the specified material". The certification shall simply state that the product conforms to the requirements specified. G. Certified Test Reports: Certified Test Reports are reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use. Before delivery of materials and equipment proposed for use, results ofthe tests shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this Contract. H. Factory Tests: Factory tests are tests that are required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment proposed for use. Submit resuhs of the tests in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this Contract. I. Permits and Certificates of Inspection: Fumish the originals. J. Testing procedures and test results required in this and other sections. K. Other data required by other sections of this Division. L. Submit for review only the specific items required in this section or other sections of Division 22, and 23. M. Submittal materials will be reviewed for substantial conformity with the intent of the contract plans and specifications only. Such review does not indicate approval of dimensions, quantities, coordination with other trades, or work methods ofthe contractor, which are indicated thereon. 1.14 CLOSING-IN OF UN-INSPECTED WORK A. Contractor shall not allow or cause any of the work to be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected, tested and approved by the Architect and proper inspector. Should any of his work be covered up or enclosed before such inspection and test, he shall, at his own expense, uncover the work and after it has been inspected, tested and approved, make all repairs with such materials as may be necessary to restore all his work and that of other trades to its original and proper condition. 1.15 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fumish and install necessary steel supports and seismic restraints for fans, coils, receivers, tanks, piping and other equipment for a complete installation and as approved by the Architect. Supports shall be painted with one coat of mst-preventative paint after installation under work of this Division. 1.16 BUILDING FOOTING CLEARANCES A. Under no circumstances shall pipes, ducts or conduits be mn through footings. They shall cross below footings or through sleeves above footings. Those mnning parallel to footings shall have the minimum clearances frora the cone of influence indicated on the Stmctural Drawings or as required by Code. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 14 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 1.17 DAMAGE BY LEAKS A. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by rain leaks through or around ducts or pipes, leaks or breaks in piping, equipment or fixtures fumished and/or installed by him for a period of 1 year from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner. 1.18 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT A. All motors, power driven equipment and automatic control equipment, except motor starters as hereinafter set forth required and connected with the work of this section of the specifications are to be fumished and installed under Division 22, and 23. B. Control low (24V) and control line (120V) voltage wiring, conduit and related switches and relays required for the automatic control and/or interlock of motors and equipment including final connection, are to be fumished and installed under Division 22 and 23. Materials and installation to conform to Class 1 or 2, CCR Title 24, Article E725, and as restricted under the Division 26, 27 and 28 of these specifications. C. Power wiring, conduit, outlets, disconnect switches motor starter and motor-rated contactors, and making of final connections, except as hereinafter specified, are to be fumished and installed under the Division 26, 27 and 28 of the specification. D. Identify circuits and equipment as outlined in the Electrical section of these specifications. E. Coordinate requirements for underground conduit only between buildings for conttol interlocks shown on the drawings. This conduit is to be fumished and installed under Division 26,27 and 28 of these specifications. 1.19 SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING A. Provide supplementary framing required for attachment of hanger, supports and anchors. Fasten supplementary framing to stmcture in an approved manner. Supplementary fraraing of stmctural angle iron, channels and "1" beams properly designed to carry the weight of piping and its contents and to withstand any thmst exerted by the expansion or contraction of the piping. B. Submit details of hangers, anchors, supplementary framing including the proposed method of fastening of supplementary framing to the base building stmcture and calculations used in determining the proposed fastening method. C. Stmctural work shall conform to applicable building codes. D. Paint supplementary framing with one coat of mst preventive paint after installation of work under this Division. 1.20 STARTERS, DISCONNECTS AND WIRING A. Starters and disconnects will be provided under Division 26, 27, 28, except for special equipment which is specified with the equipment. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 15 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. All line voltage control wiring and all conduits for both line voltage and low voltage control wiring shall be provided under Division 26, 27 and 28, except as specified under Division 22 and 23 and/or specified herein. 1.21 ADDITIONAL BALANCING DEVICES A. Provide any additional apparatus, devices or equipment that may be required to completely balance all the air and hydronic systems. Such apparatus, devices or equipment shall be included in the work at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.22 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE OF MATERIALS, PROTECTION OF WORK A. Properly store, adequately protect, and carefully handle equipment and materials to prevent damage before and during installation as recoraraended by the manufacturer and as approved by the Architect. Items determined to be damaged or defective shall be repaired or replaced as determined by the Architect at no cost to the Owner. Determinations of the Architect shall be final. B. Protect materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical damage both while in storage and during constmction. C. Cover materials in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged, marred or splattered with plaster or paint, and all moving parts will be kept clean and dry. D. Replace or refinish any damaged materials including fronts of control panels, ductwork fittings, and shop-fabricated ductwork. E. Keep cabinets and other openings closed to prevent entry of foreign matter. F. Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements. 1.23 STANDARD PRODUCTS A. Materials and equipment shall be essentially the standard catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such materials or equipment, and shall be their latest standard designs that comply with the specification requirements. Materials and equipment shall duplicate items that have been in satisfactory commercial of industrial use at least two years prior to bid opening. Where two units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer. The components thereof, however, are not required to be exclusively of the same manufacturer. Each major component of equipment shall have manufacturer's name, address, model and serial number on a nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. 1.24 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys, and other rotating parts located so that any person can come in close proximity thereto shall be fiilly enclosed or properly guarded. High temperature equipment and piping so located as to endanger personnel or create a fire hazard shall be properly guarded or covered with insulation of a type specified herein. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 16 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgino Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Provide items such as catwalks, ladders, and guard rails where required for safe operation and maintenance of equipment. 1.25 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS A. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material or equipment being installed, fumish printed copies of these recommendations to the Architect prior to installation. Installation of the item will not be allowed to proceed until the recommendations are received. Failure to fumish these recommendations can be cause for rejection of the material. 1.26 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL: A. Fumish an operation and maintenance manual covering the stipulated mechanical systems and equipment. Seven copies of the manual, bound in the hardback binders or an approved equivalent, shall be provided to the Owner and one copy to the Architect. Fumish one complete manual prior to the time that system or equipment tests are performed. Fumish the remaining manuals before the contract is completed. The following identification shall be inscribed on the cover: 1. Operations and Maintenance Manual 2. Building Number 3. Contractor 4. Contract Number B. Provide a table of contents. Insert tab sheets to identify discrete subjects. Instmction sheets shall be legible and easily understood, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment, controls, accessories and appurtenances stipulated. Include as a minimum the following: 1. System layout showing piping, valves and controls. 2. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each component. 3. A control sequence describing start-up, operation and shutdown. 4. Detailed description of the fiinction of each principal component of the system. 5. Procedure for starting. 6. Procedure for operating. 7. Shutdown instmctions. 8. Installation instmctions. 9. Adjustments, maintenance and overhaul instmctions. 10. Lubrication schedule including type grade, temperature range and frequency. 11. Safety precautions, diagrams and illustration. 12. Test procedures. 13. Performance data. 14. Parts lists with manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. 15. Preventive maintenance schedule. 16. Service organization with name, address and telephone number. 17. Valve identification chart and schedule. 18. ASME certificates. 19. Air balance report. 20. Hydronic balance report. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 17 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 C. Provide operation and maintenance manuals for all mechanical and electrical equipment. Product video taped instmctions during the ttaining period for operating personnel at the time of final inspection using factory startup engineers to show adjusting, calibrating, testing, operating and servicing procedures for all systems. 1. Fumish four (4) complete sets of video taped cassettes for each system and the equipment requiring the instmctions. 2. Contractor shall use the video taped instmctions during the training period for the building operating personnel. 1.27 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. For each designated system or equipment item, provide instmctions for guidance of operating and maintenance personnel. Following approval of content, prepare these instmctions in a form and scale that will be readily legible when displayed in appropriate locations, to be designated by the Owner. Meet the following requirements: 1. For each system, include diagrams of equipment, piping, ductwork, wiring and controls. Define control sequences. 2. For each equipment item, include starting, adjustment, operation, lubrication, safety precautions and shutdown. Identify procedures to be performed in event of equipment failure. Provide other instmctions recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Make final copies impervious to deterioration from exposure to sunlight. Physically protect such copies by mounting them in glazed frames, by plastic lamination, or by engraving in metal or laminated plastic. For outside locations, protection shall be weatherproof Attach to stmcture or equipment as directed. 1.28 SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS A. Contractor shall fumish difficuh-to-obtain manufacturer unique spare parts upon contract completion. B. Contractor shall fiimish any special tools required to service equipment with the equipment. Provide a lockable metal toolbox to secure tools. 1.29 SMOKE TEST EQUIPMENT A. Contractor shall provide all the necessary equipment required for the smoke tests (i.e., smoke bombs, smoke generator machines, etc.) during the preliminary smoke removal tests and during the final acceptance tests witnessed by the Fire Department in jurisdiction. 1.30 WARRANTY A. In addition to requirements of the Conditions of the Contract, warrant all equipment, ratings, capacities, motor HP, etc., to produce the specified and indicated performance at an elevation of the project site above sea level. 1. Refer to Division 1 for procedures and submittal requirements for warranties. Refer to individual equipment specifications for warranty requirements. 2. Contractor shall guarantee all workmanship, equipment and materials installed under his contract for a period of not less than one year from the date of acceptance of the installation. Should any defects occur during this period, the Contractor shall promptly BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 18 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 B. 1.31 B. repair or replace the defective item and any other damage caused to the building free of charge to the Owner, including cost of labor and materials. 3. Where periods more than one year are specified in the specifications, such longer periods shall govem. However, when any component fails at any time during this period, the warranty period for such component and all other components which are inactive because ofsaid failure shall be suspended. The warranty period for such components shall resume to mn for the remaining portion of this warranty period when failed components are completely repaired and in operation; however, in no case shall the resumed portion of the warranty period be less than 3 months in duration. 4. Neither payment for work, nor total or partial occupancy of work by the Owner, within or prior to the warranty period specified, shall be constmed as acceptance of faulty work or shall condone any negligence or omission of Contractor in doing the work. 5. Compile and assemble the warranties specified in Division 22, and 23, into a separated set of vinyl covered, three ring binders, tabulated and indexed for easy reference. 6. Provide complete warranty information for each item to include product or equipment to include date of beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and names and addresses, and telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services. 7. The Contractor shall require that the manufacturer of the chiller shall fumish the parts and the labor to replace any item found to be defective in the refrigeration equipment, within the guarantee period. 8. In addition to other guarantees, the Confractor shall fiimish free maintenance for the refrigeration equipment, including replacement of refrigerant and oil, for a period of one year. This shall include regular monthly maintenance and "On Call" service if required. Warranty start on date of acceptance by the Owner. EXISTING SYSTEM OPERATION The premises will be in use at the time the work of this contract is in progress. The contractor shall conduct his work so as to cause no inconvenience or danger to the personnel on the premises. The contractor shall maintain continuity of services to the existing HVAC system, domestic water system, and sanitary sewer system, except for designated intervals which connections can be made. The scheduling of shutdown period shall be at the time directed by the architect and owner. PART2 PRODUCTS - NOTUSED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ESfSTALLATION A. Workmanship shall be in the best standard practice of the trade. B. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instmctions and recommendations unless otherwise noted or specified. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 19 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 C. Sequence, coordinate and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots and openings in other building components during progress of constmction, to allow for mechanical installation. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured- in-place concrete and other stmctural components, as they are constmcted. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical system with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of goveming regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Confract Documents, recognizing that portions of the work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specific slope. 3.2 ROUGH-IN A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements ofthe actual equipment to be connected. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, the following requirements apply: Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching of operations, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Remove and replace defective work. 2. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the contract documents 3. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 4. Install equipment and materials in existing stmctures. 5. Upon written instmctions from the Architect, uncover and restore work to provide for Architect/Engineer observation of concealed work. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 20 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 C. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, heating units, plumbing fixtures and trim, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new work. D. Protect the stmcture, fumishings, finishes and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. F. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials matching existing materials and experienced installers. Installer's qualifications refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched. 3.4 SYSTEM OPERATIONAL TESTS A. The Contractor shall inform the Owner one week prior to starting this testing in order that the Owner's Representative may be present. B. After balancing and prior to final inspection, the contractor shall operate all systems continuously trouble free and stable for a minimum period of fourteen consecutive days including Saturday and Sunday. Each day shall be a 24 hour day for buildings with 24 hour operation and an 8 hour day for buildings with 8 hour and less operating schedules. Should a problem arise, the 14 day period shall be restarted and repeated until successfully operated for a full 14 days. A written report certified by the Owner's Representative shall indicate the successful completion of a stable and trouble free 14 day period. 3.5 CLEANING A. Cleaning shall be done as the work proceeds. Periodically remove waste and debris to keep the site as clean as is practical. B. Leave exposed parts of the mechanical work in a neat, clean and usable condition, with painted surfaces unblemished and plated metal surfaces polished. C. Thoroughly clean all materials, equipment and appliances. Clean and prepare all surfaces to be painted. Clean the entire premises of unused materials, debris, spots and marks to the satisfaction of the Architect. D. Remove, thoroughly clean and replace all strainers and automatic valves after the system has been put in operation until system is clear of all foreign matter and repeat this operation after 10 days and again after the system has been in operation 30 days. Submit certification that this operation has been completed. END OF SECTION 230501 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 21 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230501 - 22 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hanger rods. 2. Inserts. 3. Sleeves. 4. Equipment curbs. 5. Mechanical sleeve seals. 6. Firestopping relating to HVAC work. 7. Firestopping accessories. 8. Equipment bases and supports. B. Related Sections: C. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. D. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection: Product requirements for sealant materials for placement by this section. E. Section 23 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and execution requirements for vibration isolators. 1.2 REFERENCES A. CBC 2007 B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B31.5 - Refrigeration Piping. 2. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping. C. ASTM Intemational: 1. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM El 19 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Constmction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Test Method of Fire Tests of Through Penefration Firestops. 4. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers. 5. ASTM El966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. D. American Welding Society: 1. AWS Dl.l- Stmctiiral Welding Code - Steel. E. FM Global: 1. FM - Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Constmction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. G. Intertek Testing Services (Wamock Hersey Listed): 1. WH - Certification Listings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penettations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated constmction. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E814, UL 1479, to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent constmction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating. 1. Ratings may be 3-hours for firestopping in through-penetrations of 4-hour fire rated assemblies unless otherwise required by applicable codes. B. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E814, UL 1479, to achieve fire ratings of adjacent constmction in accordance with UL Design Numbers noted on Drawings. C. Surface Buming: UL 723 with maximum flame spread / smoke developed rating of 25/450. D. Firestop intermptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to UL for fire resistance ratings and surface buming characteristics. B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. C. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 D. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Indicate calculations used to determine load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Submit calculations sealed by a registered professional engineer. E. Duct work and equipment shall be seismically braced to resist the forces prescribed in ASCE 7-05 Section 13.3 as defined in ASCE 7-05 Section 13.6.8, 13.6.7 and 13.6.5.5, item 6, respectively. The bracing and attachment to the stmcture shall shall comply with one of the OSHPD Pre-Approvals with OPA #, such as Mason (OPA 349) or ISAT (OPA 485) as modified to satisfy anchorage requirements of ACI 318, Appendix D. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instmctions. G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. H. Engineering Judgements: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: ASTM E814 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 1. Wall Penettations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than I-hour. 2. Floor and Roof Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. a. Floor Penetrations Within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required. B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non-Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum ofthree stories. 2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: ASTM El966 or UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. D. Fire Resistant Joints Between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM El 19 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for floor assembly. E. Surface Buming Characteristics: 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 F. Perform Work in accordance with applicable authority AWS Dl.l for welding hanger and support attachments to building stmcture. G. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.10 DELFVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and constmction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original packaging. I.U ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials. 1.12 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. \mii>' B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for pipe hangers and supports. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson Inc. 2. Creative Systems Inc. 3. Flex-Weld, Inc. 4. Michigan Hanger Co. 5. Superior Valve Co. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.2 ACCESSORIES B. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.3 INSERTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Systems: Products of B-Line Systems, Inc., Cerritos, CA, are the standard of quality required and specified herein. Similar products of other manufacturers meeting the same standards of performance and approved by DSA may be submitted for approval. B. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.4 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 26 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Metal Counterflashing: 22 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Lead Flashing: 1. Waterproofing: 5 Ib./sq. ft sheet lead. 2. Soundproofing: 1 Ib./sq. ft sheet lead. D. Flexible Flashing: 47 mil thick sheet butyl; compatible with roofing. E. Caps: Steel, 22 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. 2.5 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Califomia Dynamics Corporation. 3. Canfab Curbs. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Fabrication: Welded 18 gage galvanized steel shell and base, mitered 3 inch cant, variable step to match roof insulation, factory installed wood nailer. 2.6 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Galvanized steel. D. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Galvanized steel. E. Sealant: Acrylic; refer to Section 07 90 00. 2.7 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc. 2. NMP Corporation. 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic mbber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing mbber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. 2.8 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. B-Line Systems 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division. 4. Unistmt Corp. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center. 2.9 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Coming Corp. 2. Fire Trak Corp. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. Intemational Protective Coating Corp. 5. 3M fire Protection Products. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 1 0, 201 5 B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Single component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops. 6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. 2.10 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Dam Material: Permanent: 1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Alumina silicate fire board. C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. D. General: 1. Fumish UL listed products. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. E. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where piping is exposed. 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, fiimish mechanical sealing device to continuously fill annular space between piping and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond. C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. D. Obtain permission from the college chief engineer before using powder-actuated anchors. E. Do not drill or cut stmctural members. 3.3 INSTALLATION - INSERTS A. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. B. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger. D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. 3.4 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum thickness per stmctural details and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment. Refer to Section 03 30 00. B. Using templates fumished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Constmct supports of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to stmcture. D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. Refer to Section 21 05 48. 3.5 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals. B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 D. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. E. Where ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between duct and adjacent work with firestopping airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. F. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.6 INSTALLATION - FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated constmction perimeters and openings containing penefrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating, to uniform density and texture. C. Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces. Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials. D. Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured. E. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of stmcture penetrated. 2. Where cable tray, bus, cable bus, conduit, and wire way penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions. F. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install floor plates or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble mbber links of mechanical sealing device to size of piping and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions. 4. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at computer rooms, telecommunication rooms and data rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 9 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. 3.8 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.9 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 10 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC AND PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Painted Identification Materials 2. Plastic Pipe Markers 3. Plastic Tape 4. Underground Tj^e Plastic Line Marker 5. Plastic Duct Markers 6. Valve Tags 7. Diagram and Schedule Frames 8. Engraved Plastic Laminate Signs 9. Plastic Equipment Markers 10. Plasticized Tags 11. Ceiling Tacks 12. Lockout devices. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting as specified by this section. 2. Division 23 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Division 01 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. C. Shop Drawings: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number. D. Samples: Submit two tags, labels and pipe markers size used on project. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Indicate installation instmctions, special procedures, and installation. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 G. Acceptance or no exceptions taken by the engineer on any substitution proposed by the contractor shall not be constmed as relieving the contractor from compliance with the project's specifications and performance requirements nor departure there from. The contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and cortelating quantities and dimensions and for the selection of fabrication processes, techniques and assembly, coordination of his work with that of all other trades and making any needed modifications consequent to the substitution at his own cost and for performing the work in a safe manner. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Schedules and Diagrams: 1. Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2" X U" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification. Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. 2. Submit temperature control diagrams and Sequence of Operation on bond paper suitable for framing. C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves; include valve tag numbers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ASME A 13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems and accessories. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one weeks prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Craftmark Identification Systems 2. Brady (W.H.) Co.; Signmark Div. 3. Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc. 4. Seaton Identification Products 5. Safety Sign Co. 6. Substitutions: Division 01 - Product Requirements 2.2 NAMEPLATES 2.3 Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERL\LS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division 21, 22 and 23 sections. Where more than single type is specified for application, selection is installer's option but provide single selection for each product category. 2.4 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS A. Snap-On Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid snap-on, color- coded pipe markers, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering, complying with ANSI A13.1. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener. B. Pressure Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, permanent adhesive, color coded, pressure sensitive vinyl pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. C. Insulation: Fumish 1 inch thick molded fiberglass insulation with jacket for each plastic pipe marker to be installed on un-insulated pipes subject to fluid temperature of 125 degree F or greater. Cut length to extend 2 inches beyond each end of plastic pipe marker. D. Small Pipes: For extemal diameters less than 6 inch (including insulation if any), provide full band pipe markers, extending 360 degree around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: 1. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. 2. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. 3. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). 4. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4 inch wide; frill circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2 inch. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 E. Large Pipes: For extemal diameters of 6 inch and larger (including insulation if any), provide either full band or letter height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: 1. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). 2. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 1- 1/2 inch wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, taped lapped 3 inch. 3. Strapped to pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's standard stainless steel bands. F. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature that best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Architect/Engineer in cases of variance with names as shown or specified. 1. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of fiow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate unit of plastic. 2.5 PLASTIC DUCT MARKERS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, color-coded duct markers. Conform to the following color code: 1. Green: Cold air 2. Yellow: Hot air 3. Yellow/Green: Supply air 4. Blue: Exhaust, outside, retum, and mixed air 5. For hazardous exhausts use colors and designs recommended by ANSI A13.1. B. Nomenclature: Include the following: 1. Direction of airfiow. 2. Duct service (supply, retum, exhaust, etc.) 2.6 PLASTIC TAPE A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure sensitive (self adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. B. Width: Provide 1-1/2 inch wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6 inch, 2-1/2 inch wide tape for larger pipes. C. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated. 2.7 UNDERGROUND TYPE PLASTIC LINE MARKER A. General: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright colored, continuous printed plastic tape, intended for direct burial service; not less than 6 inch wide x 4 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates the type of service of buried pipe. Provide multi-ply tape consisting of solid aluminum foil core between 2 layers of plastic tape. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 2.8 VALVE TAGS A. Brass Valve Tags: Provide 19 gage polished brass valve tags with stamped engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4 inch high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2 inch high, and with 5/32 inch hole for fastener. 1. Provide 1-1/2 inch diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. B. Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. C. Access Panel Markers: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. 2. Provide manufacturer's standard 1/16 inch thick engraved plastic laminate access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. Include 1/8 inch center hole to allow attachment. 2.9 DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULE FRAMES 2.10 General: For each page of schedule and/or diagrams, provide glazed display frame, with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of extmded aluminum, with SSB grade sheet glass. ENGRAVED PLASTIC LAMINATE SIGNS A. General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, complying with FS L-P-387, in the sizes and thickness indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style of the sizes and wording indicated, white with black core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. B. Thickness: 1/16 inch for units up to 20 square inches or 8 inch length, 1/8 inch for larger units. C. Fasteners: Self tapping stainless steel screws, except contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate. 2.11 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in mechanical identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. IH, Standpipe F12). 2.12 CEILING TACKS A. Steel with 3/4 inch diameter color coded head. B. Color code as follows: 1. Yellow: HVAC equipment. 2. Red: Fire dampers/smoke dampers. 3. Green: Plumbing valves. 4. Blue: Heating/cooling valves. 2.13 LOCKOUT DEVICES A. Lockout Hasps: Reinforced nylon hasp with erasable label surface, size minimum 7-1/4x3 inches B. Valve Lockout Devices: Nylon, steel or plastic device preventing access to valve operator, accepting lock shackle. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceiling and similar removable concealment. 3.2 DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION A. General: Identify air supply, retum, exhaust, intake and relief ductwork with duct markers; showing ductwork service and direction of flow, in black or white (whichever provides most contrast with ductwork color). B. Location: In each space where ductwork is exposed, or concealed only by removable ceiling system, locate signs near points where ductwork originates or continues into concealed enclosures (shaft, underground, or similar concealment) and at 50 foot spacing along exposed mns. C. Access Doors: Provide duct markers or stenciled signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instmctions, and appropriate safety and procedural information. 3.3 PIPING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow. Plastic pipe IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section. Install on pipe insulation segment where required for hot non-insulated pipes. B. Locate pipe markers as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non- concealed locations. 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch, excluding short take offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattem. 3. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floor/s ceilings, or enter non- accessible to enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes similar access points which permit view or concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other pints of origination and termination. 6. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping mn, except reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced marks. 3.4 VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture faucets, convenience and lawn watering hose bibs, and shut-off valves at plumbing fixtures, HVAC terminal devices and similar rough-in connections of end use fixtures and units. List each tagged valve in valve scheduled for each piping system. B. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in machine rooms where indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, where directed by Architect. C. Provide ceiling tacks to locate valves or dampers above T-bar type panel ceilings or access panels. Locate in comer of panel closet to equipment. 3.5 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. General: Install engraved plastic laminate sign or plastic equipment marker on or near each major item of mechanical equipment and each operational device, as specified herein if not otherwise specified for each item or device. Provide signs for the following general categories of equipment and operational devices: 1. Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas outlets. 2. Meters, gages, thermometers and similar units. 3. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers and mixing boxes. B. Lettering Size: Minimum 1/4 inch high lettering for name of unit where viewing distance is less than 2'-0", 1/2 inch high for distance up to 6'-0", and proportionately larger lettering for greater distances. Provide secondary lettering of 2/3 to 3/4 of size ofthe principal lettering. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 C. Test of Signs: In addition to name of identified unit, provide lettering to distinguish between multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations. 3.6 UNDERGROUND PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. General: During back-filling / top-soiling of each exterior underground piping systems, except sanitary sewer and storm drainage install continuous underground type plastic line marker, located directiy over buried line at 6 inch to 8 inch below finished grade. Where multiple small lines are buried in common trench and do not exceed overall width of 16 inch, install single line marker. 3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjusting: Relocate any mechanical identification device which has become visually blocked by work of this division or other divisions. B. Cleaning: Clean face of identification devices, and glass frames of valve charts. END OF SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing adjusting, and balancing of air systems. 2. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. 3. Sound measurement of equipment operating conditions. 4. Vibration measurement of equipment operating conditions. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 01 - Basic Mechanical Requirements 1.2 REFERENCES A. Associated Air Balance Council: 1. AABC MN-1 - National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems. B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE Ul - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems. C. Natural Environmental Balancing Bureau: 1. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Prior to commencing Work, submit proof of latest calibration date of each instmment. C. Test Reports: Indicate data on NEBB Report forms containing information indicated in Schedules. D. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies preventing proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. E. Prior to commencing Work, submit report forms or outlines indicating adjusting, balancing, and equipment data required. Include detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms and Copy of NEBB Certificate of Conformance Certification. F. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to fmal acceptance of Project. G. Fumish reports in binder manuals, complete with table of contents page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Fumish final copy of testing, adjusting, and balancing report inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. C. Prior to commencing Work, calibrate each instmment to be used. Upon completing Work, recalibrate each instmment to assure reliability. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Agency: Company specializing in testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience Certified by NEBB. B. Perform Work under supervision of NEBB Certified Testing, Balancing and Adjusting Supervisor. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 SEQUENCING A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary. B. Sequence balancing between completion of systems tested and Date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 SCHEDULING A. Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination. B. Schedule and provide assistance in final adjustment and test of life safety system with Fire Authority. TESTING, ADJUSTING, BAU^NCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination. A. B. 3.2 3.3 A. B. C. A. B. 3.4 A. B. C. D. Verify systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Verify the following: 1. Systems are started and operating in safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Fans are rotating correctly. 7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage is minimized. PREPARATION Fumish instmments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. Make instmments available to Architect/Engineer to facilitate spot checks during testing. Make instmments available to the commissioning agent for spot purposes. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. ADJUSTING Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. Verify recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been dismpted. If dismpted, verify correcting adjustments have been made. TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 E. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services, preventing system balance. F. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing beh guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. G. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by Owner. H. Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit report. 3.5 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to obtain required or design supply, rettim, and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B. Make air quantity measurements in main ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts. E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by using volume dampers located in ducts. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide sheave drive changes to vary fan speed. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. H. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. I. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, retum air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. J. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, retum air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. K. At modulating damper locations, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum airfiow rate, full cooling, and at minimum airflow rate, fiill heating. L. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, retum, and exhaust air systems to obtain required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches (12.5 Pa) positive static pressure near building entries. TESTING, ADJUSTING, BAUVNCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgino Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 M. Check multi-zone units for motorized damper leakage. Adjust air quantities with mixing dampers set first for cooling, then heating, then modulating. 3.6 SCHEDULES A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: 1. Air handlers. 2. Afr Coils. 3. Fans. 4. Air Filters. 5. Air Terminals 6. Air Inlets and Outiets. B. Report Forms 1. Title Page: a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency b. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency c. Telephone and facsimile numbers of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency d. Project name e. Project location f. Project Architect g. Project Engineer h. Project Contractor i. Project aftitude '^J j. Report date 2. Summary Comments: a. Design versus final performance b. Notable characteristics of system c. Description of systems operation sequence d. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate building pressurization e. Nomenclature used throughout report f. Test conditions 3. Instmment List: a. Instmment b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Range f Calibration date 4. Electric Motors: a. Manufacturer b. Model/Frame c. HP/BHP and kW d. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load e. RPM f Service factor g. Starter size, rating, heater elements h. Sheave Make/Size/Bore 5. V-Beh Drive: TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 a. Identification/location b. Required driven RPM c. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM d. Belt, size and quantity e. Motor sheave diameter and RPM f Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual 6. Air Moving Equipment: a. Location b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Arrangement/Class/Discharge f Air fiow, specified and actual g. Retum air flow, specified and actual h. Outside air flow, specified and actual i. Total static pressure (total extemal), specified and actual j. Inlet pressure k. Discharge pressure 1. Sheave Make/Size/Bore m. Number of Belts/Make/Size n. Fan RPM 7. Retum Air/Outside Air Data: a. Identification/location b. Design air flow c. Actual air flow d. Design retum air flow e. Actual retum air flow f Design outside air flow g. Actual outside air flow h. Retum air temperature i. Outside air temperature j. Required mixed air temperature k. Actual mixed air temperature 1. Design outside/retum air ratio m. Actual outside/retum air ratio 8. Exhaust Fan Data: a. Location b. Manufacturer c. Model number d. Serial number e. Air flow, specified and actual f. Total static pressure (total extemal), specified and actual g. Inlet pressure h. Discharge pressure i. Sheave Make/Size/Bore j. Number of Belts/Make/Size k. Fan RPM 9. Duct Traverse: a. System zone/branch b. Duct size TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 c. Area d. Design velocity e. Design air flow f. Test velocity g. Test air flow h. Duct static pressure i. Air temperature j. Air correction factor 10. Duct Leak Test: a. Description of ductwork under test b. Duct design operating pressure c. Duct design test static pressure d. Duct capacity, air flow e. Maximum allowable leakage duct capacity times leak factor f Test apparatus 1) Blower 2) Orifice, tube size 3) Orifice size 4) Calibrated g. Test static pressure h. Test orifice differential pressure i. Leakage 11. Air Disttibution Test Sheet: a. Air terminal number ^gm^ b. Room number/location ^1 c. Terminal type d. Terminal size e. Area factor f Design velocity g. Design air flow h. Test (final) velocity i. Test (final) air flow j. Percent of design air flow END OF SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 7 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank TESTING, ADJUSTING, BAL\NCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 230700 - HVAC INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment insulation. 2. Ductwork insulation. 3. Duct liner. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section. 2. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting insulation jackets and covering specified by this section. 3. Section 23 05 01 - Basic Mechanical Requirements 4. Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and Execution requirements for inserts at hanger locations. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM Intemational: 1. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric). ASTM cm - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus. ASTM C195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. ASTM C534 - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. ASTM C552 - Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. ASTM C591 - Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation. ASTM C592 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation and Blanket-Type Pipe Insulation Metal-Mesh Covered (Industrial Type). ASTM C610 - Standard Specification for Molded Expanded Periite Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10. 11 12. 13. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 1 j0^^r^ CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 14. ASTM C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. 15. ASTM C1071 - Standard Specification for Thermal and Acoustical Insulation (Glass Fiber, Duct Lining Material). 16. ASTM C1126 - Standard Specification for Faced or Unfaced Rigid Cellular Phenolic Thermal Insulation. 17. ASTM Cll 36 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation. 18. ASTM C1290 - Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Extemally Insulate HVAC Ducts. 19. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds. 20. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 21. ASTM El62 - Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 22. ASTM G21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors': 1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Constmction Standard - Metal and Flexible. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials and thickness for each service, and location. C. Samples: Submit two samples of representative size illustrating each insulation type. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit manufacturers published literature indicating proper installation procedures. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years [documented] experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years [documented] experience [approved by manufacturer]. 1.5 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements : Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storaging, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. C. Protect insulation from weather and constmction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range recommended by manufacturer. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer wartanty for manmade fiber. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MAN MADE MINERAL FIBER A. Manufacturers: 1. Schuller Intemational, Inc. 2. Owens-Coming Fiberglass. 3. Certainteed Products. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Insulation: ASTM C547 Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation, Type I, 850 degrees F (454 degrees C) Conform to ASTM C795 for application on Austenitic stainless steel. C. Insulation: ASTM C795; semi-rigid, noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket. 1. 'K' ('ksi') factor: ASTM CI77, 0.24at 75 degrees F (0.035 at 24 degrees C). 2. Maximum service temperature: 650 degrees F (343 degrees C). 3. Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. D. Vapor Retarder Jacket: 1. ASTM C921, White Kraft paper with glass fiber yam, bonded to aluminized film. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2. Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm-inches. E. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch (300 mm) centers. 2.2 MINERAL FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. Manufacturers: 1. Schuller Intemational. 2. Owens-Coming Fiberglass. 3. Certainteed Products Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Insulation: ASTM C553 Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications, Type II. C. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, 16 gage (1.5 mm). 2.3 GLASS FIBER DUCT LINER A. Manufacturers: 1. Owens Coming Fiberglass 2. Certainteed Products Co. 3. Termal Ceramics Fiber Master. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Insulation: ASTM C1071 Thermal and Acoustical Insulation (Glass Fiber, Duct Lining Material), Type II. C. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, self-adhesive pad with integral head. 2.4 GLASS FIBER ROUND DUCT LINER A. Manufacturers: 1. Owens-Coming Fiberglass. 2. Certainteed Products Co. 3. Thermal Ceramics Fiber Master. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Product Description: Round, preformed in cylindrical sections with [polyvinyl acetate polymer impregnated surface coat. 1. 'K' ('ksi') factor: ASTM C1071, 0.23 at 75 degrees F (0.033 at 24 degrees C). 2. Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F (121 degrees C). 3. Maximum Velocity on Coated Air Side: 4,000 fpm (20.3 m/s). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 B. Verify equipment and ductwork has been tested before applying insulation materials. C. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Factory Insulated Equipment: Do not insulate. B. Exposed Equipment: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. C. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation. Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands. D. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement. E. Insulated equipment containing fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system. F. Mineral fiber insulated equipment containing fluids below ambient temperature: Provide vapor retarder jackets, factory-applied or field-applied. Finish with glass-cloth and vapor barrier adhesive. G. For hot equipment containing fluids over 140 degrees F (60 degrees C), insulate flanges and unions with removable sections and jackets. H. Finish insulation at supports, protmsions, and intermptions. I. Nameplates and ASME Stamps: Bevel and seal insulation around; do not insulate over. J. Equipment Requiring Access for Maintenance, Repair, or Cleaning: Install insulation for easy removal and replacement without damage. K. Insulated ductwork conveying air below ambient temperature: 1. Provide insulation with vapor retarder jackets. 2. Finish with tape and vapor retarder jacket. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations. 4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, fiexible connections, and expansion joints. L. Insulated ductwork conveying air above ambient temperature: 1. Provide with or without standard vapor retarder jacket. 2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation. M. Ductwork Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces below 10 feet (3 meters) above finished floor: Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting. N. Duct Liner Application: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 90 percent coverage. 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Comply with SMACNA standards for spacing. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 5 City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3. Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. 4. Seal liner surface penefrations with adhesive. 5. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for airflow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.3 SCHEDULES Insulation thickness and conductivity shall be as required by the latest Califomia Energy Commission Standards but not less than that indicated in the table below: 3.4 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE A. All duct insulation and liner thickness and finish shall conform to the following schedule: Duct Insulation Schedule Flexible Fiber Glass Blanket Thickness - Inch/WL Finish All concealed supply ductwork 2.0-0.75 FSK All concealed return ductwork 2.0-0.75 FSK Ductwork Type Insulation Thickness (Inch) Concealed Supply Ducts AD 1-1/2" Concealed Return Duct A,D 1-1/2" Supply and return ducts, exposed in the building B 1-1/2" Duct liner supply, return & exhaust duct (Interior) C 2" END OF SECTION 230700 HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 233100 - HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Duct Materials. 2. Flexible ducts. 3. Insulated flexible ducts. 4. Single wall spiral round ducts. 5. Transverse duct connection system. 6. Casings. 7. Ductwork fabrication. 8. Duct cleaning. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 90 00 2. Section 23 05 01 3. Section 23 05 29 4. Section 23 33 15 5. Section 23 33 00 6. Section 23 34 00 Painting and Coating: - Basic Mechanical Requirements Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment. Duct Silencers Air Duct Accessories - HVAC Fans 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM Intemational: 1. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Stmctural Steel. 2. ASTM A90/A90M - Standard Test Method for Weight Mass of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings. 3. ASTM A568/A568M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High- Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for. 4. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated Galvanized by the Hot-Dip Process. 5. ASTM AI008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Stmctural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. 6. ASTM AIOU/AIOUM - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot- Rolled, Carbon, Stmctural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. NFPA 90B - Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. ^ifl^ HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS 233100 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: 1. SMACNA - HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. 2. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Constmction Standard - Metal and Flexible. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Variation of duct configuration or sizes other than those of equivalent or lower loss coefficient is not permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Submit duct fabrication drawings, drawn to scale not smaller than 1/4 inch equals 1 foot, on drawing sheets same size as Contract Documents, indicating: 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation details, including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other work. 2. Duct layout, indicating pressure classifications and sizes in plan view. For exhaust duct systems, indicate classification of materials handled as defined in this section. 3. Fittings. 4. Reinforcing details and spacing. 5. Seam and joint constmction details. 6. Penetrations through fire rated and other walls. 7. Terminal unit, coil, and humidifier installations. 8. Hangers and supports, including methods for building attachment, vibration isolation, and duct attachment. C. Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, section tested, test pressure, and leakage rate, following SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit special procedures for glass fiber ducts. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA - HVAC Duct Constmction Standards - Metal and flexible. B. Consttiict ductwork to NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B and NFPA 96 standards. HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS 233100 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Do not install duct sealant when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. C. Maintain temperatures during and after installation of duct sealant. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. I.U WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for ducts. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCT MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: ASTM A653/A653M galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality, having G90 zinc coating of in conformance with ASTM A90/A90M. B. Fasteners: Rivets, bohs, or sheet metal screws. C. Hanger Rod: ASTM A36/A36M; steel [, galvanized]; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS 233100 - 3 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2.2 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thermaflex 2. Clasflex 3. Hart and Cooley 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Two ply vinyl film supported by helical wound spring steel wire. 1. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg positive and 1.0 inches wg negative. 2. Maximum Velocity: 4000 ipm. 3. Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F. C. Product Description: UL Label, black polymer film supported by helical wound spring steel wire. 1. Pressure Rating: 4 inches wg positive and 0.5 inches wg negative. 2. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 175 degrees F. D. Product Description: UL 181, Class 1, aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex adhesive supported by helical-wound spring steel wire. 1. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg positive and 1.0 inches wg negative. 2. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F. E. Product Description: UL 181, Class 0, interlocking spiral of aluminum foil. 1. Pressure Rating: 8 inches wg positive or negative. 2. Maximum Velocity: 5000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: -100 degrees F to 432 degrees F. 2.3 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thermaflex 2. Clasflex 3. Hart and Cooley 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Two ply vinyl film supported by helical wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg positive and 1.0 inches wg negative. 2. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F. 4. Thermal Resistance: 4.2 square feet-hour-degree F per BTU. C. Product Description: Black polymer film supported by helical-wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; polyethylene vapor barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 4 inches wg positive and 0.5 inches wg negative. 2. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 175 degrees F. HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS 233100 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 4. Thermal Resistance: 4.2 square feet-hour-degree F per BTU. D. Product Description: Multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helical wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg (2.5 kPa) positive and 1.0 inches (250 Pa) negative. 2. Maximum Velocity: 4000 ^m (20.3 m/s). 3. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F (-28 degrees C to 99 degrees C). 4. Thermal Resistance: 4.2 square feet-hour-degree F per BTU. 2.4 SINGLE WALL SPIRAL ROUND DUCTS A. Manufacturers: 1. McGill AirFlow Corporation 2. Semco Incorporatedl 3. Tangent Air Corp 4. Spiral Mfg. Co., Inc. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: UL 181, Class 1, round spiral lockseam duct constmcted of galvanized steel. C. Duct Coating: Polyvinyl chloride plastic, 4 mil thick on outside and 2 mil thick on inside. Temperature range: minus 30 degrees F to 200 degrees F. HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS 233100 - 5 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Constmct duct with the following minimum gages: Diameter Gauge 3 inches to 14 inches 26 15 inches to 26 inches 24 28 inches to 36 inches 22 Constmct fittings with the following minimum gages: 2.5 Diameter Gauge 3 inches to 14 inches 24 15 inches to 26 inches 22 28 inches to 36 inches 20 SINGLE WALL SPIRAL FLAT OVAL DUCTS A. Manufacturers: 1. McGill AirFlow Corporation. 2. Semco Incorporated. 3. Tangent Air Corp. 4. Spiral Mfg. Co., Inc. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Machine made from round spiral lockseam duct constmcted of galvanized steel; rated for 10 inches wg (2.5 kPa) pressure. C. Joints: Either fully welded or bolted flange with gasket material in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. D. Constmct duct with the following minimum gauges 2.6 Major Axis Dimension Gauge 7 inches to 24 inches 24 25 inches to 48 inches 22 50 inches to 70 inches 20 72 inches to 82 inches 18 84 inches and larger 16 E. Constmct fittings with the following minimum gauges Major Axis Fitting Dimension Gauge 7 inches to 36 inches 20 37 inches to 60 inches 18 62 inches and larger 16 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Fabricate and support rectangular ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Constmction Standards - Metal and Flexible and. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Fabricate and support round ducts with longitudinal seams in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Constmction Standards - Metal and Flexible (Round Duct Constmction HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS 233100 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Standards), and. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. C. Constmct T's, bends, and elbows with minimum radius 1-1/2 times centeriine duct width. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide airfoil tuming vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, fiimish tuming vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upsfream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downsfream. E. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Minimum 4 inch (100 mm) cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints. F. Provide standard 45-degree lateral wye takeoffs. When space does not allow 45-degree lateral wye takeoff, use 90-degree conical tee connections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify sizes of equipment connections before fabricating transitions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Constmction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Duct work, piping and equipment shall be seismically braced to resist the forces prescribed in ASCE 7-05 Section 13.3 as defined in ASCE 7-05 Section 13.6.8, 13.6.7, and 13.6.5.5, item 6, respectively. The bracing and attachments to the stmcture shall comply with one of the OSHPD Pre-Approvals with an OPA #, such as Mason Industries (OPA 349), or ISAT (OPA 485) as modified to satisfy anchorage requirements of ACI 318, Appendix D. B. During constmction, install temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent constmction dust from entering ductwork system. C. Use crimp joints with or without bead or beaded sleeve couplings for joining round duct sizes 8 inch and smaller. D. Install duct hangers and supports in accordance with Section 23 05 29. E. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. F. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with liquid adhesive plus tape. HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS 233100 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 G. Set plenum doors 6 to 12 inches above floor. Arrange door swing so fan static pressure holds door in closed position. 3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Install pitot tube openings for testing of systems. Install pitot tube complete with metal can with spring device or screw to prevent air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside metal ring. B. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to low pressure ducts with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. C. Connect air outlets and inlets to supply ducts with five foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. 3.4 CLEANE^JG A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air flow, clean one half of system completely before proceeding to other half Protect equipment with potential to be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. C. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment with potential to be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Install access openings into ductwork for cleaning purposes. 3.5 SCHEDULES A. Ductwork Material: 1. Ductwork per the latest edition of SMACNA Standards. B. Ductwork Pressure Class: 1. Duct pressure class per the latest edition of SMACNA Standards. END OF SECTION 233100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASTINGS 233100 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Back-draft dampers. 2. Combination fire-and-smoke dampers. 3. Duct access doors. 4. Volume control dampers. 5. Flexible duct connections. 6. Duct test holes. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 01 - Basic Mechanical Requirements 2. Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment. 3. Section 23 31 00 - HVAC Ducts and Casings 4. Section 23 34 00 - HVAC Fans 5. Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Coimections: 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air Movement and Conttol Association Intemational, Inc.: 1. AMCA 500 - Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters. B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. NFPA 92A - Recommended Practice for Smoke-Control Systems. C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: 1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Constmction Standard - Metal and Flexible. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 555 - Standard for Safety for Fire Dampers. 2. UL 555C - Standard for Safety for Ceiling Dampers. 3. UL 555S - Standard for Safety for Smoke Dampers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume conttol dampers, duct access doors and duct test holes. C. Product Data: Submit data for shop fabricated assemblies and hardware used. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 D. Product Data: Submit for the following. Include where applicable elecfrical characteristics and connection requirements. 1. Fire dampers including locations and ratings. 2. Smoke dampers including locations and ratings. 3. Backdraft dampers. 4. Flexible duct connections. 5. Volume control dampers. 6. Duct access doors. 7. Duct test holes. E. Product Data: For combination fire and smoke dampers submit the following: 1. Include UL ratings, dynamic ratings, leakage, pressure drop and maximum pressure data. 2. Indicate materials, constmction, dimensions, and installation details. 3. Damper pressure drop ratings based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA 500. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit for Fire and Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers. G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of access doors. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Dampers tested, rated and labeled in accordance with the latest UL requirements. B. Damper pressure drop ratings based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA 500. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00: Product storage and handling requirements. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgino Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 B. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades. C. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly indicating manufacturer and material. D. Storage: Store materials in a dry area indoor, protected from damage. E. Handling: Handle and lift dampers in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions. Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate Work where appropriate with building control Work. I.U WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for duct accessories. 1. 12 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BACK-DRAFT DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Califomia Aire 2. Ruskin 3. Greenheck 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Product Description: Multi-Blade, back-draft dampers: Parallel-action, gravity-balanced. Galvanized 16 gage (1.5 mm) thick steel. Blades, maximum 6 inch (150 mm) width, center pivoted, with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges. Blades linked together in rattle-free manner with 90-degree stop, steel ball bearings, and plated steel pivot pin. Furnish dampers with adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2.2 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin 2. Potttof 3. Greenheck 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A, UL 555, and UL 555S. C. Fire Resistance: VA hours per installations in one or two-hour partitions. D. Leakage Rating: Class I, maximum of 8 cfm (3.8 L/s) at 4 inches wg (1 kPa) differential pressure E. Damper Temperature Rating: 250 degrees F (121 degrees C) F. Frame: 16 gage (1.5 mm), galvanized steel. G. Blades: 1. Style: Airfoil-shaped, single piece, double skin. 2. Action: Opposed. 3. Orientation: Horizontal. 4. Material: Minimum 16 gage (1.5 mm) equivalent thickness, galvanized steel. 5. Width: Maximum 6 inches (150 mm). H. Bearings: Stainless steel pressed into frame. I. Seals: Sihcone blade edge seals and flexible stainless steel jamb seals. J. Linkage: Concealed in frame. K. Release Device: Close in controlled manner and lock damper through actuator closure spring. L. Actuator: 1. Type: Electric 120 volt, 60 hertz, two-position, fail close or Electric 24 volt, 60 hertz, two-position, fail close 2. Mounting: Extemal. M. Fusible Link Release Temperature: 165 degrees F (74 degrees C). N. Finish: Mill galvanized. O. Factory installed sleeve and [mounting angles]. Fumish silicone caulk factory applied to sleeve at damper frame to comply with leakage rating requirements. 2.3 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Califomia Aire AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 2. Duro Dyne 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Constmction Standards - Metal and Flexible or CMC 2007 whichever is more stringent. C. Fabrication: Rigid and close fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, fumish minimum 1 inch (25 mm) thick insulation with sheet metal cover. 1. Less than 12 inches (300 mm) square, secure with sash locks. 2. Up to 18 inches (450 mm) Square: Fumish two hinges and two sash locks. 3. Up to 24 X 48 inches (600 x 1200 mm): Three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. 4. Larger Sizes: Fumish additional hinge. 5. Access panels with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. 2.4 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin 2. Pottrof 3. United Entertech B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements C. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Constmction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated on Drawings. D. Splitter Dampers: 1. Material: Same gage as duct to 24 inches (600 mm) size in both dimensions, and two gages heavier for sizes over 24 inches (600 mm). 2. Blade: Fabricate of single thickness sheet metal to streamline shape, secured with continuous hinge or rod. 3. Operator: Minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint action, flanged bushing with set screw. 4. Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch (150 x 760 mm). E. Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattem with maximum blade sizes 8 x 72 inch (200 x 1825 mm). Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized frame channel with suitable hardware. F. End Bearings: Except in round ductwork 12 inches (300 mm) and smaller, fumish end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, fumish oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. Fumish closed end bearings on ducts having pressure classification over 2 inches wg (500 Pa). G. Quadrants: 1. Fumish locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. 2. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on standoff mounting brackets, bases, J0ftk. or adapters. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3. Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches (750 mm) fumish regulator at both ends. 2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1. Duro-Dyne-Durolan 2. Cain-N-100 3. Elgen-2LN B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements C. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Constmction Standards - Metal and Flexible or CMC 2007 whichever is more stringent. D. Connector: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 1. Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric conforming to NFPA 90A, minimum density 36 oz per sq yd (1.02 kg/sq m). 2. Net Fabric Width: Approximately 3 inches mm) wide. 3. Metal: 3 inch (75 mm) wide, 24 gage (0.6 mm thick)galvanized steel. E. Leaded Vinyl Sheet: Minimum 0.55 inch (14 mm) thick, 0.87 lbs. per sq ft (4.2 kg/sq m), 10 dB attenuation in 10 to 10,000 Hz range. 2.6 DUCT TEST HOLES A. Manufacturers: 1. 3M Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 15A 2. or equal. B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements C. Permanent Test Holes: Factory fabricated, air tight fianged fittings with screw cap. Fumish extended neck fittings to clear insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify rated walls are ready for fire damper installation. C. Verify ducts and equipment installation and are ready for accessories. D. Check location of air outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting artangement. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 3.2 n«JSTALLATION. A. Install in accordance with NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Constmction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section 23 31 00 for duct constmction and pressure class. B. Install back-draft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated on Drawings. C. Access Doors: Install access doors at the following locations and as indicated on Drawings: 1. Spaced every 50 feet (15 m) of straight duct. 2. Before and after each fire damper, smoke damper and combination fire and smoke damper. D. Access Door Sizes: Install minimum 8x8 inch (200 x 200 mm) size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch (450 x 450 mm) size for shoulder access, and as indicated on Drawings. [Install 4 x 4 inch (100 x 100 mm) for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. E. Install temporary duct test holes as required for testing and balancing purposes. Cut or drill in ducts. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps. F. Install permanent duct test holes as required for testing and balancing purposes. G. Install combination fire and smoke dampers at locations as indicated on Drawings. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges. 1. Install smoke dampers and combination smoke and fire dampers in accordance with NFPA 92A. 2. Install dampers square and free from racking with blades running horizontally. 3. Do not compress or stretch damper frame into duct or opening. 4. Handle damper using sleeve or frame. Do not lift damper using blades, actuator, or jack shaft. 5. Install bracing for multiple section assemblies to support assembly weight and to hold against system pressure. Install bracing as needed. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to Owner's representative. END OF SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 233600 - AIR TERMINAL UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 Section Includes: 1. Variable volume terminal units. 2. Variable volume regulators. REFERENCES A. American Refrigeration Institute: 1. ARI 880 - Air Terminals. 2. ARI 885 -Procedure for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminals and Air Outlets. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: I. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Division 01 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data indicating configuration, general assembly, and materials used in fabrication. Include catalog performance ratings indicating airflow, static pressure, heating coil capacity and NC designation. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Include schedules listing discharge and radiated sound power level for each of second through sixth octave bands at inlet static pressures of 1 inch to 4 inches wg, room location, model number, size and accessories fumished. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit support and hanging details, and service clearances required. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer shall provide special seismic certification per OSHPD CAN 2-1708A.5 with submittal. Submittals without certification will be retumed and not reviewed. Acceptance or no exceptions taken by the engineer on any substitution proposed by the contractor shall not be constmed as relieving the contractor from compliance with the project's specifications and performance requirements nor departure there from. The AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgino Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 confractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions and for the selection of fabrication processes, techniques and assembly, coordination of his work with that of all other trades and making any needed modifications consequent to the substitution at his own cost and for performing the work in a safe manner. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of units, controls components. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instmctions, maintenance and repair data, and parts lists. Include directions for resetting constant volume regulators. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test and rate air terminal unit's performance for air pressure drop, flow performance, and acoustical performance in accordance with ARI 880 and ARI 885. Attach ARI seal to each terminal unit. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate Work with Division 23, HVAC Instmmentation and Controls. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 I.U EXTRA MATERL\LS A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for extra materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SINGLE DUCT VARIABLE VOLUME AIR TERMINAL UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Titus 2. Price 3. Kmeger 4. Substitutions: Division 01 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Variable air volume terminal units for coimection to centtal air systems, with electronic controls, and hot water heating coils. C. D. E. Identification: Fumish each air terminal unit with identification label and airflow indicator. Include unit nominal airflow, maximum factory-set airflow and minimum factory-set airflow and coil type. Basic Assembly: 1. Casings: Minimum 22 gage galvanized steel. Lining: Minimum I inch thick neoprene or vinyl coated glass fiber insulation, 1.5 Ib/cu ft density, meeting NFPA 90A requirements and UL 181 erosion requirements. Face lining with Mylar or Tedlar film. Plenum Air Inlets: Round stub connections for duct attachment. Plenum Air Outlets: S slip-and-drive connections. 2. Basic Unit: 1. Configuration: Air volume damper assembly inside unit casing. Locate control components inside protective metal shroud. 2. Volume Damper: Constmct of galvanized steel with peripheral gasket and self- lubricating bearings; maximum damper leakage: 10 CFM of design air flow at 6 inches inlet static pressure. 3. Mount damper operator to position damper normally closed. F. Attenuation Section: Line attenuation sections with 2 inch thick insulation. G. Multi Outlet Attenuation Section: With 6 or 8 inch diameter collars, each with butterfly balancing damper with lock. H. Round Outlet: Discharge collar matching inlet size. I. Hot Water Heating Coil: 1. Constmction: 1/2 inch copper tube mechanically expanded into aluminum plate fins, leak tested under water to 200 psig pressure, factory installed. 2. Capacity: As indicated on the drawings. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3. Provide 2 row coils: Coils shall be enclosed in a min 20 gage galvanized sheet metal casing. J. Automatic Damper Operator: Electric Actuator: 24 volt with high limit and with remote temperature read and reset capability. K. Sound Ratings: Not to exceed 30 NC at 2 inches static pressure. L. Thermostat: Wall-mounted electronic type with appropriate mounting hardware. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify ductwork is ready for air terminal installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Connect to ductwork in accordance with Division 23. B. Install ceiling access doors or locate units above easily removable ceiling components. C. Support units individually from stmcture. Do not support from adjacent ductwork. D. Install fransition piece to match duct size to inlet or outlet of terminal unit. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for starting and adjusting. B. Reset volume with damper operator attached to assembly allowing flow range modulation from 100 percent of design flow to 30 percent full flow. Set units with heating coils for minimum 30 percent full flow. END OF SECTION 233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 233700 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Diffiisers. 2. Registers 3. Grilles. B. Related Sections: 1. Division I and 23. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets. B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: 1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Constmction Standard - Metal and Flexible. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit sizes, finish, and type of mounting. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level. C. Test Reports: Rating of air outlet and inlet performance. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outiets and inlets. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test and rate diffuser, register, and grille performance in accordance with ASHRAE 70. B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500. C. Maintain one copy copies of each document on site. AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. Fumish five year manufacturer warranty for air outlets and inlets. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Titus 2. Price Company. 3. Kmeger 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Type: Square and rectangular, adjustable pattem multi-louvered diffuser to discharge air in four-way pattem with sector baffles. C. Frame: Surface-mount type. In plaster ceilings, fumish plaster frame and ceiling frame. D. Fabrication: Steel with baked enamel off-white finish or to match architectural finish. E. Accessories: Radial opposed-blade damper and multi-louvered equalizing grid with damper adjustable from diffuser face. 2.2 PERFORATED FACE CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Titus 2. Price Company. 3. Kmeger 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Type: Perforated face with fully adjustable pattem and removable face. AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 C. Frame: Surface mount type. In plaster ceilings, fiimish plaster frame and ceiling frame. D. Fabrication: Steel with steel frame and baked enamel off-white or to match architectural finish. E. Accessories: Radial opposed-blade damper and multi-louvered equalizing grid with damper adjustable from diffuser face. 2.3 CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Tittis 2. Price Company. 3. Kmeger. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Type: Streamlined blades, 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum depth, 3/4 inch (19 mm) maximum spacing, with blades set at 45 degrees, horizontal face. C. Frame: I-1/4 inch ([32] mm) margin with countersunk screw concealed mounting. D. Fabrication: Steel with 20 gage (0.90 mm) minimum frames and 22 gage (0.80 mm) minimum blades, steel and aluminum with 20 gage (0.90 mm) minimum frame, or aluminum extmsions, with factory off-white enamel finish or color as selected] by architect. E. Damper: Integral, gang-operated, opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable from face where not individually connected to exhaust fans. 2.4 LINEAR/FLOWBAR CELING DIFFUSER A. Manufacturers: 1. Tittis 2. Price Company. 3. Kmeger. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Material: Aluminum. C. Finish: White, baked enamel. D. No. of slot: 1 -2" slot or as noted on plans E. Mounting: To match ceiling stmcture F. Accessories: Supply plenum with volume damper. 2.5 WALL EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Tittas AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 - 3 ^^^^ CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2. Price Company. 3. Kmeger. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Type: Streamlined blades, 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum depth, [3/4 inch (19 mm) maximum spacing, with spring or other device to set blades, horizontal face. C. Frame: 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) margin with countersunk screw concealed mounting. D. Fabrication: Aluminum with 20 gage (0.90 mm) minimum frames and 22 gage (0.80 mm) minimum blades with factory off-white enamel finish or color to be selected by architect. E. Damper: Integral, gang-operated, opposed-blade type with removable key operator, operable from face. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements. B. Verify inlet and outlet locations. C. Verify ceiling and wall systems are ready for installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers to ductwork with airtight connection. B. Install balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffiisers, grilles, and registers, whether or not dampers are fumished as part of diffuser, grille, and register assembly. Refer to Section 23 33 00. C. Paint visible portion of ductwork behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to Section 09 90 00. 3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. END OF SECTION 233700 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 233700 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 260500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates for electrical equipment. 2. Wire markers. 3. Conduit supports. 4. Formed steel channel. 5. Sleeves. 6. Mechanical sleeve seals. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Select materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners, and supports to carry loads of equipment and raceway, including weight of wire and cable in raceway. Anchor and fasten electrical products to building elements and finishes as follows: 1. Concrete Stmctural Elements: Expansion anchors. 2. Steel Stmctural Elements: Beam clamps, spring steel clips, steel ramset fasteners, and welded fasteners. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Self-drilling anchors and expansion anchors. ''^^ 4. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Toggle bolts and hollow '^ir wall fasteners. 5. Solid Masonry Walls: Expansion anchors and preset inserts. 6. Sheet Metal: Sheet metal screws. 7. Wood Elements: Wood screws. B. Identify Electrical components as follows: 1. Nameplate for each electrical distribution and confrol equipment enclosure. 2. Wire marker for each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, and outlet and junction boxes. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES A. Product Description: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplate, black letters on white background. B. Letter Size: 1. 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. '^J 2. 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2.2 WIRE MARKERS A. Product Description: Cloth tape, or tubing type wire markers with circuit or control wire number permanentiy stamped or printed. 2.3 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. Electroline Manufacturing Company. 3. 0-Z Gedney Co. 4. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Provide the following conduit supports: 1. Hanger Rods. 2. Beam Clamps. 3. Conduit clamps for trapeze hangers. 4. Conduit clamps - general purpose: For surface mounted conduits. 5. Cable Ties: High strength nylon, self locking. 2.4 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. B-Line Systems. 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division. 4. Unistmt Corp. 5. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage (2.8 mm) thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) on center. 2.5 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage (1.2 mm) thick galvanized steel. B. Sleeves for Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sleeves for Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fire Proofing: Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals, UL listed. D. Stuffing Fire-stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible. 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc. 2. NMP Corporation. 3. Substitutions: Permitted Not Permitted. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Librory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic mbber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing mbber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws or rivets. B. Fabricate supports from stmctural steel or formed steel members. C. Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC. D. Install sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. E. Sleeves: 1. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seal. 2. Conduit penetrations not required to be watertight: Sleeve and fill with silicon foam. 3. Install sleeves where conduit or raceway penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between conduit or raceway and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk. END OF SECTION 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 260503 - EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrical connections to equipment. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 2. Section 26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electtical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA WD 1 - General Requirements for Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit wiring device manufacturer's catalog information showing ^\ dimensions, configurations, and constmction. C. Manufacturer's installation instmctions. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations, sizes, and configurations of equipment connections. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's instmctions for equipment fumished under other sections. C. Determine connection locations and requirements. D. Sequence rough-in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of equipment. E. Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start-up of equipment. C3 EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS 260503 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CORD AND PLUGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell. 2. Leviton. 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Attachment Plug Constmction: Conform to NEMA WD 1. C. Configuration: NEMA WD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet fiimished for equipment. D. Cord Constmction: Type SO SJO multiconductor flexible cord with identified equipment grounding conductor, suitable for use in damp locations. E. Size: Suitable for connected load of equipment, length of cord, and rating of branch circuit overcurtent protection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify equipment is ready for electrical connection, for wiring, and to be energized. 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned equipment wiring connections, including abandoned connections above accessible ceiling finishes. B. Disconnect abandoned utilization equipment and remove wiring connections. Remove abandoned components when connected raceway is abandoned and removed. Install blank cover for abandoned boxes and enclosures not removed. C. Extend existing equipment connections using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. 3.3 fiMSTALLATION A. Make electrical connections. B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS 260503 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 1 0, 2015 D. Install receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug. E. Install cord and cap for field-supplied attachment plug. F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment coimection boxes. G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements. I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. J. Coolers and Freezers: Cut and seal conduit openings in freezer and cooler walls, floor, and ceilings. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Cooperate with utilization equipment installers and field service personnel during checkout and starting of equipment to allow testing and balancing and other startup operations. Provide persoimel to operate electtical system and checkout wiring connection components and configurations. END OF SECTION 260503 EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS 260503 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank EQUIPMENT WIRING CONNECTIONS 260503 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes building wire and cable, conduit and tubing, surface raceway, boxes, wiring devices, wiring connectors, and connections. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Wiring Products: 1. Solid Stranded conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. 2. Stranded conductors for control circuits. 3. Conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. 4. Conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. 5. 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet. 6. 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet. 7. 8 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 150 feet. B. Wiring Methods: 1. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Building wire THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway, metal clad cable. 2. Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Building wire, THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway. 3. Above Accessible Ceilings: Building wire. Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway. 4. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Building wire THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway. 5. Exterior Locations: Building wire, THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway. 6. Underground Locations: Building wire THHN/THWN XHHW in raceway. C. Conductor sizes are based on copper unless indicated as aluminum or "AL". When aluminum conductor is substituted for copper conductor, size to match circuit requirements for conductor ampacity and voltage drop. D. Raceway and pullboxes are located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations where required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. E. Raceway Products: 1. Underground More than 5 feet outside Foundation Wall: Provide plastic coated rigid steel conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduit and thin-wall nonmetallic conduit. Provide cast metal boxes or nonmetallic handhole. 2. Underground Within 5 feet from Foundation Wall: Provide plastic coated rigid steel conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduit and thin-wall nonmetallic conduit. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic boxes. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3. In or Under Slab on Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduit and thin-wall nonmetallic conduit. Provide cast or nonmetallic metal boxes. 4. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit and electrical metallic tubing above 6 feet. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, pull, and junction boxes. 5. In Slab Above Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing and thickwall nonmetallic conduit. Provide sheet metal nonmetallic boxes. 6. Wet and Damp Locations: Provide rigid steel, thickwall nonmetallic conduit and, nonmetallic tubing. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, junction, and pull boxes. Provide flush mounting outiet box in finished areas. 7. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide, elecfrical metallic tubing. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. 8. Exposed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel, electrical metallic tubing. Provide sheet- metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. F. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 inch) unless otherwise specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide wiring materials located in plenums with peak optical density not greater than 0.5, average optical density not greater than 0.15, and flame spread not greater than 5 feet (1.5 m) when tested in accordance with NFPA 262. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Route raceway and cable to meet Project conditions. B. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated. C. Adjust box location up to 10 feet (prior to rough-in when required to accommodate intended purpose. D. Do not install fiush mounting box back-to-back in walls; install boxes with minimum 24 inches (600 mm) separation. END OF SECTION 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rod electrodes. 2. Active electrodes. 3. Wire. 4. Grounding well components. 5. Mechanical connectors. 6. Exothermic connections. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes: 1. Metal underground water pipe. 2. Metal building frame. 3. Concrete-encased electrode. 4. Ground ring. 5. Metal underground gas piping system. 6. Rod electrode. 7. Plate electrode. 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Constmct and test grounding systems for access flooring systems on conductive floors accordance with IEEE 1100. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Resistance: 5 ohms maximum. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Required. B. Test Reports: Required. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Required. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Required. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Required. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide grounding materials conforming to requirements of NEC, IEEE 142, and UL labeled. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ROD ELECTRODES A. Manufacturers: 1. Erico, Inc. 2. 0-Z Gedney Co. 3. Thomas & Betts, Electrical 4. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: 1. Material: Copper-clad steel. 2. Diameter: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 3. Length 10 feet (3.0 m) C. Connector: Connector for exothermic welded connection. 2.2 WIRE A. Material: Stranded copper. B. Foundation Elecfrodes: 4 AWG. C. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Copper conductor bare. D. Bonding Conductor: Copper conductor bare insulated. 2.3 GROUNDING WELL COMPONENTS A. Well Pipe: 8 inches NPS (DN200) by 24 inches (600 mm) long concrete pipe with belled end. B. Well Cover: Cast iron with legend "GROUND" embossed on cover. 2.4 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Erico, Inc. 2. ILSCO Corporation. 3. 0-Z Gedney Co. 4. Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 5. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Description: Bronze connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications, in configurations required for particular installation. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 2.5 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1. ILSCO Corporation. 2. 0-Z Gedney Co. 3. Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 4. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: Exothermic materials, accessories, and tools for preparing and making permanent field connections between grounding system components. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with IEEE 142. B. Install grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing. Electrically bond steel together. C. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded stmcture; bond to ground. D. Bond together reinforcing steel and metal accessories in fountain stmctures. E. Install ground grid under access floors. Constmct grid of 4 AWG bare copper wire installed on 24 inch centers both ways. Bond each access floor pedestal to grid. F. Bond together each metallic raceway, pipe, duct and other metal object entering space under access floors. Bond to underfloor ground grid. Install 2 AWG bare copper bonding conductor. G. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Install separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. H. Bond to lightning protection system. I. Install continuous grounding using underground cold water system and building steel as grounding electrode. Where water piping is not available, install artificial station ground by means of driven rods or buried elecfrodes. J. Permanently ground entire light and power system in accordance with NEC, including service equipment, distribution panels, lighting panelboards, switch and starter enclosures, motor frames, grounding type receptacles, and other exposed non-curtent carrying metal parts of electrical equipment. K. Install branch circuits feeding isolated ground receptacles with separate insulated grounding conductor, connected only at isolated ground receptacle, ground terminals, and at ground bus of serving panel. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 L. Accomplish grounding of electrical system by using insulated grounding conductor installed with feeders and branch circuit conductors in conduits. Size grounding conductors in accordance with NEC. Install from grounding bus of serving panel to ground bus of served panel, grounding screw of receptacles, lighting fixture housing, light switch outlet boxes or metal enclosures of service equipment. Ground conduits by means of grounding bushings on terminations at panelboards with installed number 12 conductor to grounding bus. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests Hsted in NETA ATS, Section 7.13. C. Perform ground resistance testing in accordance with IEEE 142. D. Perform leakage current tests in accordance with NFPA 99. E. Perform continuity testing in accordance with IEEE 142. END OF SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Conduit supports. 2. Formed steel channel. 3. Spring steel clips. 4. Sleeves. 5. Mechanical sleeve seals. 6. Firestopping relating to electrical work. 7. Firestopping accessories. 8. Equipment bases and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Product requirements for concrete for placement by this section. 2. Section 28 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electronic Safety and Security. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM Intemational: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM El 19 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Constmction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penefration Fire Stops. 4. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. B. FM Global: 1. FM - Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Constmction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. E. Intertek Testing Services (Wamock Hersey Listed): 1. WH - Certification Listings. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated constmction. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM Ell9 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent constmction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating. 1. Ratings may be 3-hours for firestopping in through-penefrations of 4-hour fire rated assemblies unless otherwise required by applicable codes. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface buming characteristics. B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location and detail of trapeze hangers. C. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. D. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly. E. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze hangers and hangers and supports. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instmctions. G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. H. Engineering Judgements: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: UL 1479 or ASTM E814 with 0. 10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 2. Floor and Roof Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1 -hour. a. Floor Penetrations Within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required. B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non-Fire Rated Floor Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penefrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. D. Fire Resistant Joints Between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM El 19 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for fioor assembly. E. Surface Buming Characteristics: Maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. F. Perform Work in accordance with State Califomia standard. G. Maintain one copy of document on site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and constmction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging. I.U ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials. D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. Electroline Manufacturing Company. 3. 0-Z Gedney Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Hanger Rods: Threaded high tensile strength galvanized carbon steel with free mnning threads. C. Beam Clamps: Malleable Iron, with tapered hole in base and back to accept either bolt or hanger rod. Set screw: hardened steel. D. Conduit clamps for trapeze hangers: Galvanized steel, notched to fit trapeze with single boh to tighten. E. Conduit clamps - general purpose: One hole malleable iron for surface mounted conduits. F. Cable Ties: High strength nylon temperature rated to 185 degrees F. Self locking. 2.2 SPRING STEEL CLIPS A. Fumish materials in accordance with State Califomia standards. B. Product Description: Mounting hole and screw closure. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 2.3 SLEEVES A. Fumish materials in accordance with State of Califomia standards. B. Sleeves for Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sleeves for Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. D. Sleeves for Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fire Proofing: Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals, UL listed. E. Fire-stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible. 2.4 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc. 2. NMP Corporation. 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic mbber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing mbber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. 2.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Coming Corp. 2. Fire Trak Corp. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. Intemational Protective Coating Corp. 5. 3M fire Protection Products. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1. 2. 3. 5. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single Multiple component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Single Multiple component foam compound. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral ceramic fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penefration sealed with flanged stops. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. C. Color: Dark gray Black As selected from manufacturer's full range of colors. 2.6 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Dam Material: Permanent: 1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Sheet metal. 4. Plywood or particle board. 5. Alumina silicate fire board. C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. D. General: 1. Fumish UL listed products. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. E. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed. 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, fumish modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic mbber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between conduit and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. D. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors. E. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting stmctural members. 3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Concrete Stmctural Elements: Provide precast inserts, expansion anchors, powder actuated anchors and preset inserts. 2. Steel Stmctural Elements: Provide beam clamps, spring steel clips, steel ramset fasteners, and welded fasteners. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Provide self-drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 4. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Provide toggle bolts and hollow wall fasteners. 5. Solid Masonry Walls: Provide expansion anchors and preset inserts. 6. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws. 7. Wood Elements: Provide wood screws. B. Inserts: 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above flush with top of recessed into and grouted flush with slab. C. Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC. D. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. E. Install multiple conduit mns on common hangers. F. Supports: 1. Fabricate supports from stmctural steel or formed steel channel. Install hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Install spring lock washers under nuts. 2. Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. 3. In wet and damp locations install steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch off wall. 4. Support vertical conduit at every other floor. 3.4 INSTALLATION - FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated constmction perimeters and openings containing penefrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating,to uniform density and texture. D. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size. E. Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured. F. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of stmcture penetrated. 2. Where cable tray, and conduit, penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions. G. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install escutcheons fioor plates or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble mbber links of mechanical seal to size of conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions. 4. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at laboratories, hospital spaces, computer rooms, telecommunication rooms and electrical rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. 3.5 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 3-1/2 inches thick and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment. Refer to Section 03 30 00. B. Using templates fiimished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Constmct supports of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to stmcture. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 3.6 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with adjustable interlocking mbber links. B. Conduit penetrations not required to be watertight: Sleeve and fill with silicon foam. C. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. D. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. E. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. F. Where conduit or raceway penefrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between conduit or raceway and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penefration. G. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. 3.8 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.9 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 9 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529- 10 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 260533 - RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes conduit and tubing, surface raceways, wireways, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes, and handholes. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections. 2. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Elecfrical Systems. 3. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. 4. Section 26 05 34 - Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems. 5. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems. 6. Section 26 27 16 - Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures. 7. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices. 8. Section 28 05 33 - Conduits and Backboxes for Electronic Safety and Security. 9. Section 33 71 19 - Electrical Underground Ducts and Manholes. 1.2 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Raceway: 1. Basis of Measurement: By linear foot. ^^^0 2. Basis of Payment: Includes materials, delivery, handling, and installing. B. Boxes: 1. Basis of Measurement: By cubic foot. 2. Basis of Payment: Includes materials, delivery, handling, and installing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C80.3 - Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. 3. ANSI C80.5 - Aluminum Rigid Conduit - (ARC). B. National Elecfrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. 3. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 4. NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 5. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Extemally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. 6. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. 7. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Provide raceway to complete wiring system. B. Underground More than 5 feet outside Foundation Wall: Provide plastic coated rigid steel conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduit and thin-wall nonmetallic conduit if specified on plan. Provide cast metal boxes or nonmetallic handhole. C. Underground Within 5 feet from Foundation Wall: Provide plastic coated rigid steel conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduit and thin-wall nonmetallic conduit if specified on plan. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic boxes. D. In or Under Slab on Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit, plastic coated conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduit and thin-wall nonmetallic conduit. Provide cast or nonmetallic metal boxes. E. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit and electrical metallic tubing. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, pull, and junction boxes. F. In Slab Above Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit, and thickwall nonmetallic conduit. Provide nonmetallic boxes. G. Wet and Damp Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduit and, nonmetallic tubing. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, junction, and pull boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. H. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide, electrical metallic tubing. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. I. Exposed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit, electrical metallic tubing. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 inch unless otherwise specified. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit for the following: 1. Flexible metal conduit. 2. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3. Nonmetallic conduit. 4. Flexible nonmetallic conduit. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 5. Nonmetallic tubing. 6. Raceway fittings. 7. Conduit bodies. 8. Surface raceway. 9. Wireway. 10. Pull and junction boxes. 11. Handholes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instmctions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: 1. Record actual routing of conduits larger than 2 inch. 2. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. C. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 26 05 03. C. Coordinate mounting heights, orientation and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduits. 2. Wheatland Tube. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 C. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5. D. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel. E. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. 2.2 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduits. 2. Wheatland Tube. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements Not Permitted. B. Product Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with extemal PVC coating, 20 mil thick. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with extemal PVC coating to match conduit. 2.3 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carflex 2. Thomas & Betts Corp. 3. AFC Cable System. B. Product Description: Interlocked steel constmction. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.4 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carflex 2. Carlon Electtical Products. 3. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 4. Thomas & Betts Corp. 5. AFC Cable System. 6. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Interlocked steel constmction with PVC jacket. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.5 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduits. 2. Wheatland Tube. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel, compression type. 2.6 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. B. Product Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. 2.7 NONMETALLIC TUBING A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements Not Permitted. B. Product Description: NEMA TC 2. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. 2.8 OUTLET BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electtical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements Not Permitted. B. Sheet Metal Outiet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; fiimish 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. C. Nonmetallic Outiet Boxes: NEMA OS 2. D. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum. Fumish gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Fumish threaded hubs. E. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 26 27 26. F. Wall Plates for Unfinished Areas: Fumish gasketed cover. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Librory City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2.9 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Hoffman. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. C. Hinged Enclosures: As specified in Section 26 27 16. D. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4X; flat-flanged, surface mounted junction box: 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Fumish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. E. In-Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, outside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting: 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Smooth cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. 3. Cover Legend: "ELECTRIC". F. Concrete composite Handholes: concrete composite hand holes: 1. Cable Entrance: Pre-cut 6 inch x 6 inch cable entrance at center bottom of each side. 2. Cover: Glass-fiber concrete composite, weatherproof cover with nonskid finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough-in. 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned raceway, including abandoned raceway above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut raceway flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. B. Remove concealed abandoned raceway to its source. C. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets when raceway is abandoned and removed. Install blank cover for abandoned outiets not removed. D. Maintain access to existing boxes and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 E. Extend existing raceway and box installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. F. Clean and repair existing raceway and boxes to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 26. B. Fasten raceway and box supports to stmcture and finishes in accordance with Section 26 05 29. C. Identify raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 53. D. Arrange raceway and boxes to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. 3.4 INSTALLATION - RACEWAY A. Raceway routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route to complete wiring system. B. Arrange raceway supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. C. Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. D. Group related raceway; support using conduit rack. Constmct rack using steel chaimel specified in Section 26 05 29 . E. Do not support raceway with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports F. Do not attach raceway to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. G. Constmct wireway supports from steel channel specified in Section 26 05 29. H. Route exposed raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls. I. Route raceway installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. J. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. K. Maximum Size Conduit in Slab Above Grade: 3/4 inch. Do not cross conduits in slab larger than 1/2 inch. L. Maintain clearance between raceway and piping for maintenance purposes. M. Maintain 12 inch clearance between raceway and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F. N. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burt cut ends. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Pianning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 O. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. P. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for minimum 20 minutes. Q. Install conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes. R. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Install conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Install factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. S. Avoid moisture traps; install junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. T. Install fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where raceway crosses seismic, and expansion joints. U. Install suitable pull string or cord in each empty raceway except sleeves and nipples. V. Install suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. W. Surface Raceway: Install flat-head screws, clips, and straps to fasten raceway channel to surfaces; mount plumb and level. Install insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and comer fittings. X. Close ends and unused openings in wireway. 3.5 INSTALLATION - BOXES A. Install wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights as indicated on Drawings. B. Adjust box location up to 10 feet prior to rough-in to accommodate intended purpose. C. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 26 27 26. D. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. E. In Accessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. F. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit comer only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening. G. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; install with minimum 6 inches separation. Install with minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. H. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 I. Install stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. J. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. K. Install adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. L. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. M. Support boxes independently of conduit. N. Install gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. O. Install gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. 3.6 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods in accordance with Section 07 84 00. B. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation. C. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as indicated on Drawings. D. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. C. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes. 3.8 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. C. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. END OF SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 9 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Librory City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 260533 - 10 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 260534 - FLOOR BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes floor boxes; floor box service fittings; poke-through fittings; and access floor boxes. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Firestopping for elecfrical work. 2. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems: Firestopping for electrical work. 3. Section 26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 4. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices: Receptacles for installation in floor boxes. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Elecfrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit catalog data for floor boxes service fittings. C. Samples: Submit two of each service fitting illustrating size, material, configuration, and finish. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of each floor box and poke-through fitting. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.6 EXTRA MATERL\LS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Fumish two protective rings split nozzles. FLOOR BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260534 - 1 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 C. Fumish two carpet rings. CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLOOR BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Wiremold. 2. TNB. 3. Leviton. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Floor Boxes: NEMA OS 1, 1-1/2 inches deep. C. Adjustability: Fully adjustable. D. Material: Cast metal. E. Shape: Rectangular. 2.2 POKE-THROUGH FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Wiremold. 2. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Assembly comprising service fitting, poke-through component, fire stops and smoke barriers, and junction box for conduit termination. C. Fire Rating: 3 hours. D. Service Fitting Type:. Flush. E. Housing: Satin aluminum. F. Device Plate: Stainless steel. G. Configuration: One duplex and one communications outlet. 2.3 ACCESS FLOOR BOX A. Manufacturers: 1. Wiremold. 2. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Sheet metal box suitable for mounting in access floor system. C. Size: per drawings. D. Cover: Impact resistant plastic with black finish. FLOOR BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260534 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 E. Convenience Receptacle: Two. F. Communications Receptacle: Two modular jack. G. Data Receptacle: Two. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets in work areas prior to rough-in. C. Verify openings in access floor are in proper locations. 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect abandoned service fitting devices and remove service fittings. Install blank cover for abandoned floor boxes not removed. B. Maintain access to existing floor boxes remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. C. Extend existing service fitting installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. D. Clean and repair existing service fittings to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Boxes and fittings are indicated on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Adjust box location up to 10 feet to accommodate intended purpose. B. Floor Box Requirements: Use cast floor boxes for installations in slab on grade; formed steel boxes are acceptable for other installations. C. Set floor boxes level. D. Install boxes and fittings to preserve fire resistance rating of slabs and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00. E. Install protective rings on active flush cover service fittings. F. Coordinate installation of access floor boxes with access floor system provided under Section. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. FLOOR BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260534 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Adjust floor box flush with finish flooring material. 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. END OF SECTION 260534 FLOOR BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260534 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgino Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Labels. 3. Wire markers. 4. Conduit markers. 5. Stencils. 6. Underground Waming Tape. 7. Lockout Devices. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 2. Section 27 05 53 - Identification for Communications Systems. 3. Section 28 05 53 - Identification for Electronic Safety and Security. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's catalog literature for each product required. 2. Submit electrical identification schedule including list of wording, symbols, letter size, color coding, tag number, location, and fiinction. C. Samples: 1. Submit two tags, actual size. 2. Submit two labels, actual size. 3. Submit two nameplates, 4x4 inch in size illustrating materials and engraving quality. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Indicate installation instmctions, special procedures, and installation. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged devices; include tag numbers. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with State Municipality of Califomia standard. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept identification products on site in original containers. Inspect for damage. C. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. D. Protect insulation from weather and constmction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Install labels only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions for adhesive are within range recommended by manufacturer. 1.8 EXTRA MATERLVLS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for extra materials. B. Fumish two containers of spray-on adhesive PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. JDS Industries 2. Ideal Industries 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. C. Letter Size: 1. 1/8 inch high letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. 1/4 inch high letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Librory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 D. Minimum nameplate thickness: 1/8 inch. 2.2 LABELS A. Manufacturers: 1. 3M. 2. Raychem Corp. 3. Brady Worldwide. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white letters on black background. 2.3 WIRE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. BM. 2. Raychem Corp. 3. Brady Worldwide. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Description: Cloth tape, split sleeve, tubing type wire markers. C. Legend: 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number as indicated on Drawings. 2. Control Circuits: Control wire number as indicated on shop drawings. "'^w**'*^ 2.4 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Electro Mark. 2. Ideal Industries. 3. Seton Identification. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements Not Permitted. B. Description: Nameplate fastened with straps. C. Color: 1. 480 Volt System: Black lettering on white background. 2. 208 Volt System: Black lettering on white background. D. Legend: 1. 480 VoU System: 480 VOLTS. 2. 208 Voh System: 208 VOLTS. 3. 2.5 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Manufacturers: 1. Seton. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2. Presco 3. Brady Worldwide. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Description: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type, colored yellow with suitable waming legend describing buried electrical lines. 2.6 LOCKOUT DEVICES A. Lockout Hasps: 1. Manufacturers: a. Fastenal. b. Applied Industrial Technologies. c. Paragon Products. d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements Not Permitted. 2. Anodized aluminum hasp with erasable label surface; size minimum 7-1/4 x 3 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00 for stencil painting. 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Install identification on existing equipment to remain in accordance with this section. B. Re-stencil existing equipment. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices after completion of painting. B. Nameplate Installation: 1. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 3. Install nameplates for each control panel and major control components located outside panel with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 4. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws, or adhesive. 5. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on recessed panelboard in finished locations. 6. Install nameplates for the following: a. Switchboards. b. Panelboards. c. Transformers. d. Service Disconnects. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 C. Label Installation: 1. Install label parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install label for identification of individual control device stations, and 3. Install labels for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. D. Wire Marker Installation: 1. Install wire marker for each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes each load connection. 2. Mark data cabling at each end. Install additional marking at accessible locations along the cable mn. 3. Install labels at data outlets identifying patch panel and port designation as indicated on Drawings. E. Conduit Marker Installation: 1. Install conduit marker for each conduit raceway longer than 6 feet. 2. Conduit Raceway Marker Spacing: 20 feet on center. 3. Raceway Painting: Identify conduit using field painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00. a. Paint colored band on each conduit longer than 6 feet. b. Paint bands 20 feet on center. c. Color: 1) 480 Voh System: Blue. 2) 208 Voh System: Yellow. F. Stencil Installation: 1. Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00. G. Underground Waming Tape Installation: 1. Install underground waming tape along length of each underground conduit, raceway, or cable 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directiy above buried conduit, raceway, or cable. END OF SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -1- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Pianning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 260923 - LIGHTEs[G CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Remote control lighting relays. 2. Lighting contactors. 3. Switches. 4. Switch plates. 5. Occupancy sensor. 6. PhotoceU. 7. Photocell control unit. 8. Dimmer Switches 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Required. B. Product Data: Required. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Required. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Required. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Required. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Fumish five year manufacturer's warranty for each system component. 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES A. Manufacturers: 1. Watt Stopper 2. Douglas Lighting Controls. 3. LCD Blue Box LTD. 4. Substitutions: Approved equal. 2.2 REMOTE CONTROL LIGHTING RELAYS A. Product Description: Heavy duty, single-coil momentary contact mechanically held remote control relays. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Contacts: Rated 20 amperes at 120 volts. Rated for lighting applications with high intensity discharge (HID), fluorescent lamps. C. Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6, steel aluminum plastic. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R 4. 2.3 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Product Description: NEMA ICS 2, magnetic lighting contactor. B. Configuration: Electrically held, 2 wire control. C. Coil Operating Voltage: 120 volts, 60 Hertz. D. Accessories: 1. Cover Mounted Pilot Devices. 2. Pushbutton. 3. Selector Switch. 4. Indicating Light. 5. Auxiliary Contacts. 6. Relays: NEMA ICS 2. 7. Control Power Transformers: 120 volt secondary, 800 VA minimum, in each enclosed contactor. E. Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6, steel. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R 4. 2.4 SWITCHES A. Wall Switch: Specification Grade unlighted, momentary pushbutton type for overriding relays. 1. Material: Plastic. 2. Color: Ivory. B. Switches with Pilot Lamp: Momentary contact, three position rocker type, ivory color, rated 3 amperes at 25 VAC, with integral red pilot light. 2.5 SWITCH PLATES A. Product Description: Specification Grade. 1. Material: Plastic. 2. Color: Ivory. 2.6 OCCUPANCY SENSOR A. Fumish with manual override. B. Room Sensors: Single Direction. UGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 C. Corridor and Hallway Sensors 2.7 PHOTOCELLS A. Exterior Lighting: Hooded sensor, horizontally mounted, employing flat lens, and working range 10-100 footcandles (10 percent increments. Entire sensor encased in optically clear epoxy resin. B. Indoor Lighting: Sensor with Fresnel lens providing for 60 degree cone shaped response area to monitor indoor office lighting levels. C. Atriums: Sensor with ttanslucent dome with 180 degree field of view and respond in range of 100-1,000 footcandles (1,076-10,760 lx). 2.8 PHOTOCELL CONTROL UNIT A. Remote confrol, 3 minute time delay, and with selectable ranges for 10-100 footcandle (108-1,076 lx). 2.9 DIMMER SWITCHES A. Solid State type (0-1 OV) for use with LED lamps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount switches, occupancy sensors, and photocells. B. Label each low voltage wire clearly indicating connecting relay panel. C. Mount and wire numbered relays in panel to control power to each load. Install relays to be accessible. Allow space around relays for ventilation and circulation of air. D. Identify power wiring with circuit breaker number controlling load. When multiple circuit breaker panels are feeding into relay panel, label wires to indicate originating panel designation. E. Label each low voltage wire with relay number at each switch or sensor. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. System Startup: Required. B. Demonstrate operation: Required. C. Train Owner's Personnel: Required. END OF SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes distribution and branch circuit panelboards, elecfronic grade branch circuit panelboards, and load centers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Elecfrical Systems. C. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems. 1. Section 26 28 13 - Fuses. REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: 1. IEEE C62.41 - Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. B. National Elecfrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. 2. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 3. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overioad Relays, Rated Not More Than 2000 Vohs AC or 750 Volts DC. 4. NEMA ICS 5 - Industrial Control and Systems: Control Circuit and Pilot Devices. 5. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). 6. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards. 7. NEMA PB 1.1 - General Instmctions for Proper Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. C. Intemational Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electtical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. D. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 67 - Safety for Panelboards. 2. UL 1283 - Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 3. UL 1449 - Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. PANELBOARDS 262416 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. C. Product Data: Submit catalog data showing specified features of standard products. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of panelboards and record actual circuiting arrangements. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for maintenance products. B. Fumish two of each panelboard key. Panelboards keyed alike to Owner's current keying system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: 1. Cutler-Hammer. 2. Siemens. 3. GE Electrical. 4. Square D. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type panelboard. C. Service Conditions: 1. Temperature: 13 0 degrees F. 2. Altitude: 300 feet above sea level. D. Panelboard Bus: Copper, current carrying components, ratings as indicated on Drawings. Fumish copper ground bus in each panelboard. PANELBOARDS 262416 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 E. Minimum integrated short circuit rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 240 208 volt panelboards; 14,000amperes rms symmetrical for 480 volt panelboards, or as indicated on Drawings. F. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Fumish circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air conditioning equipment branch circuits. G. Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Current Limiters: NEMA AB 1, circuit breakers with replaceable current limiting elements, in addition to integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. H. Current Limiting Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole, coordinated with automatically resetting current limiting elements in each pole. Intermpting rating 100,000 symmetrical amperes, let-through current and energy level less than permitted for same size NEMA FU 1, Class RK-5 fiise. I. Controllers: NEMA ICS 2, AC general-purpose Class A solid-state controller for induction motors rated in horsepower. 1. Two-speed Conttollers: Include integral time delay transition between FAST and SLOW speeds. 2. Full-voltage Reversing Controllers: Include electrical interlock and integral time delay fransition between FORWARD and REVERSE rotation. 3. Control Voltage: 120 volts, 60 Hertz. 4. Overload Relay: NEMA ICS 2; bimetal. 5. Auxiliary Contacts: NEMA ICS 2, 2 each normally open contacts in addition to seal- in contact. 6. Cover Mounted Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5, heavy duty type. 7. Pilot Device Contacts: NEMA ICS 5, Form Z, rated AI50. 8. Pushbuttons: Unguarded Recessed Shrouded Shielded Covered Lockable type. 9. Indicating Lights: Transformer, LED type. 10. Selector Switches: Rotary type. 11. Relays: NEMA ICS 2, 12. Control Power Transformers: 120 volt secondary, 300 VA minimum, in each motor starter, as indicated on Drawings. Fumish ftised primary and secondary, and bond unfiised leg of secondary to enclosure. J. Circuit Breaker Accessories: Trip units and auxiliary switches as indicated on Drawings. K. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1 and 3R. L. Cabinet Front: Surface door-in-door type, fastened with, hinged door with flush lock,, finished in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2.2 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: 1. Siemens 2. Cutler-Hammer PANELBOARDS 262416 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3. GE Electrical 4. Square D. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: NEMA PBl, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. C. Panelboard Bus: Copper, curtent carrying components, ratings as indicated on Drawings. Fumish copper ground bus in each panelboard; fumish insulated ground bus as indicated on Drawings. D. For non-linear load applications subject to harmonics fumish 200 percent rated, plated copper, solid neutral. E. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 240 volt panelboards; 14,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 480 volt panelboards, or as indicated on Drawings. F. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, boh-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles, listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits. Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits. Class A ground fault intermpter circuit breakers as indicated on Drawings. Do not use tandem circuit breakers. G. Current Limiting Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole, coordinated with automatically resetting current limiting elements in each pole. Intermpting rating 100,000 symmefrical amperes, let-through current and energy level less than permitted for same size NEMA FU 1, Class RK-5 fiise. H. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1 and Type 3R I. Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep, 20 inches inches wide for 240 volt and less panelboards, 20 inches inches wide for 480 volt panelboards. J. Cabinet Front: Surface cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect abandoned panelboards. Remove abandoned panelboards. B. Maintain access to existing panelboard remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. C. Clean and repair existing panelboards to remain or to be reinstalled. PANELBOARDS 262416 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1. B. Install panelboards plumb. C. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes. D. Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard ; install panelboards taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor. E. Install filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. F. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes to balance phase loads. G. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 05 53. H. Install spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to accessible location above ceiling below floor. Minimum spare conduits: 5 empty 1 inch inch. Identify each as SPARE. I. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 26 05 26. Connect equipment ground bars of panels in accordance with NFPA 70. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements : Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform circuit breaker inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.6. D. Perform switch inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5. E. Perform controller inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.16.1. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for starting and adjusting. B. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in panelboard to balance phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. END OF SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS 262416 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank PANELBOARDS 262416 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 262716 - ELECTRICAL CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes hinged cover enclosures, cabinets, terminal blocks, and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Elecfrical Systems. 2. Section 26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 3. Section 27 05 33 - Conduits and Backboxes for Communications Systems. 4. Section 28 05 33 - Conduits and Backboxes for Electronic Safety and Security. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA ICS 4 - Industrial Control and Systems: Terminal Blocks. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's standard data for enclosures, cabinets, and terminal blocks. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instmctions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Fumish two of each key. ELECTRICAL CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 262716 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Hoffman. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Constmction: NEMA 250, Type 1 and 3R steel enclosure. C. Covers: Continuous hinge, held closed by flush latch operable by screwdriver. D. Fumish interior plywood panel for mounting terminal blocks and electrical components; finish with white enamel. E. Enclosure Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel 2.2 CABINETS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Elecfrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Reliance Elecfric. ^""^ 4. Hoffman. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Boxes: Galvanized steel with removable end walls. C. Box Size: as shown on plans. D. Backboard: Fumish 3/4 inch thick plywood backboard for mounting terminal blocks. Paint matte white. E. Fronts: Steel, surface type with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinge, and flush lock. Finish with gray baked enamel. F. Knockouts. G. Fumish metal barriers to form separate compartments wiring of different systems and voltages. H. Fumish accessory feet for free-standing equipment. 2.3 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products Model. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Hoffman. ELECTRICAL CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 262716 -2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Terminal Blocks: NEMA ICS 4. C. Power Terminals: Unit constmction type with closed back and tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 600 volts. D. Signal and Control Terminals: Modular constmction type, suitable for channel mounting, with tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 300 volts. E. Fumish ground bus terminal block, with each connector bonded to enclosure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING WORK A. Remove abandoned cabinets and enclosures, including abandoned cabinets and enclosures above accessible ceiling finishes. Patch surfaces. B. Maintain access to existing cabinets and enclosures and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. C. Extend existing cabinets and enclosures using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. D. Clean and repair existing cabinets and enclosures to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install enclosures and boxes plumb. Anchor securely to wall and stmctural supports at each comer in accordance with Section 26 05 29. B. Install cabinet fronts plumb. 3.3 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and harmful materials. C. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. D. Clean finishes and touch up damage. END OF SECTION 262716 ELECTRICAL CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 262716 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank ELECTRICAL CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 262716 -4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall switches. 2. Wall dimmers. 3. Receptacles. 4. Wall plates. 5. Multioutlet assembly. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 33 - Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems: Outlet boxes for wiring devices. 2. Section 26 05 34 - Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems: Service fittings for receptacles installed on fioor boxes. 3. Section 26 05 34 - Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems: Poke-through. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Required. B. Samples: Required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Watt Stopper. 2. Pass & Seymour 3. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices. 4. Eagle Electric. 5. LCD. 6. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: NEMA WD 1, Heavy-Duty AC only general-use snap switch. C. Body and Handle: Ivory plastic with rocker handle. D. Indicator Light: Lighted handle type switch Separate pilot strap; red color handle. E. Locator Light: Lighted handle type switch; red color handle. F. Ratings: 1. Voltage: 120 volts, AC. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2. Current: 20 amperes. 2.2 WALL DIMMERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Watt Stopper. 2. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices. 3. Pass & Seymour 4. Eagle Electric. 5. LCD. 6. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Body and Handle: Ivory push button. C. Voltage: 120 volts. D. Power Rating: 1000 watts. E. Accessory Wall Switch: Match dimmer appearance. 2.3 RECEPTACLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Leviton 2. Pass & Seymour 3. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices ••^im^ 4. Eagle Electric. 5. Substitutions: Permitted. B. Product Description: NEMA WD 1, Heavy-duty general use receptacle. C. Device Body: Ivory plastic. D. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as indicated on Drawings. E. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5-20. F. GFCI Receptacle: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit intermpter to meet regulatory requirements. 2.4 WALL PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Leviton 2. Pass & Seymour 3. Artow Hart Wiring Devices 4. Eagle Elecfric 5. TNB 6. Substitutions: Permitted. ^ B. Decorative Cover Plate: Ivory smooth lined. Smooth. ^^"^ WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 C. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal plate with hinged and gasketed device cover. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install switches with OFF position down. B. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers. C. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. D. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. E. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. F. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. G. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. B. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. END OF SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgino Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 262819 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fusible and non-fusible switches. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Elecfrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 2. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). B. Intemational Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electtical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit switch ratings and enclosure dimensions. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed switches and ratings of installed fuses. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Siemens. 2. Square D. 3. Cutler-Hammer. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262819 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Product Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, enclosed load intermpter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate NEMA FU 1, Class R fiises. D. Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Tj^e 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R. E. Service Enfrance: Switches identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application. Fumish solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar. F. Fumish switches with entirely copper current carrying parts. 2.2 NONFUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Siemens. 2. Square D. 3. Cutler-Hammer. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD enclosed load intermpter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Tj^e 3R. D. Service Enfrance: Switches identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application. Fumish solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar. E. Fumish switches with entirely copper current carrying parts. 2.3 SWITCH RATINGS A. Switch Rating: Horsepower rated for AC or DC as indicated on Drawings. B. Short Circuit Curtent Rating: UL listed for 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class H or K fiises (30-600 ampere) 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class R or Class J fuses (30-600 ampere switches employing appropriate fiise rejection schemes). 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class L fuses (800-1200 ampere). ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262819 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned enclosed switches. B. Maintain access to existing enclosed switches and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. C. Clean and repair existing enclosed switches to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install enclosed switches plumb. Provide supports in accordance with Section 26 05 29. B. Height:5 feet to operating handle. C. Install fuses for fusible disconnect switches. Refer to Section 26 28 13 for product requirements. D. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 05 53. E. Apply adhesive tag on inside door of each fiised switch indicating NEMA fiise class and size installed. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5. END OF SECTION 262819 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262819 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262819 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 265000 - LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes interior luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and accessories. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Office Areas: IES RP-1 Computer Areas: IES RP-24 Classrooms: IES RP-3 Auditorium: IES CP-34, CP-45 Exit Signs and Exitway Lighting: NFPA 101 A. B. C. D. E. F. Where indicated on drawings or required by applicable code, provide automatic shutoff for lighting inside building larger than 5000 square feet (465 square meters). Control shutoff by method conforming to ICC lECC. G. Where indicated on drawings or required by applicable code, provide automatic shutoff for lighting outside building. Control shutoff by method conforming to ICC lECC. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Required. B. Samples: Required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRES A. Product Description: Complete luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as indicated on Drawings. B. Minimum Efficacy, Lamps Greater Than 100 Watts: 60 lumens/W, except where otherwise indicated or permitted by applicable code. 2.2 EXIT SIGNS A. Manufacturers: 1. See Lighting Fixture schedule on drawings 2. Substitutions: Approved equal UGHTING 265000 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Product Description: Complete luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as indicated on Drawings. C. Face: Translucent face with green letters on white background. D. Input Voltage: 120 volts. E. Lamps: 5 W per side, maximum. 2.3 METAL POLES A. Material and Finish: Steel with prime finish for field painting. Fiberglass with bronze finish. B. Section Shape and Dimensions: Round Tapered round Square C. Height: As indicated on Drawings. D. Base: Breakaway, Non breakaway, transformer type. E. Base: Direct embedded type. F. Accessories: 1. Handhole. 2. Anchor bolts. G. Loading Capacity Ratings: 1. Luminaire Weight: pounds. 2. Luminaire and Bracket Effective Projected Area: square feet. 3. Steady Wind: miles per hour. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install suspended luminaires using pendants supported from swivel hangers. B. Aim and adjust luminaires. C. Relamp luminaires, lighting units, and exit signs with failed lamps. 3.2 SCHEDULES 1. See drawing for lighting fixture schedule. END OF SECTION 265000 LIGHTING 265000 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Reseorch -I- Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 265100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Section includes interior luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and accessories. A. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 2. Section 26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C82.1 - American National Standard for Lamp Ballast-Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast. 2. ANSI C82.4 - American National Standard for Ballasts-for High-Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supply Type). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire not standard product of manufacturer. C. Product Data: Submit dimensions, ratings, and performance data. D. Samples: Submit two color chips 3x3 inch in size illustrating luminaire finish color where indicated in luminaire schedule. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.5 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products. B. Fumish two of each plastic lens type. C. Fumish one replacement lamps for each lamp installed. INTERIOR UGHTING 265100 - 1 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 D. Fumish two of each ballast type. CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EVfTERIOR LUMINAIRES A. Product Description: Complete interior luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as scheduled. B. Refer to Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements for product options. Substitutions are not permitted. 2.2 LED LAMPS AND LUMINAIRES A. Manufacturers: 1. See drawing for lighting fixture schedule. 2. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Solid State Lighting / Light Emitting Diode (LED) Lamps and Luminaires: 1. General: a. Luminaire manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the manufacture and design of LED products and systems and no less than one hundred (100) North American installations. b. Unless otherwise specified, all LED luminaires and power/data supplies shall be provided by a single manufacturer to ensure compatibility. c. All components, peripheral devices and control software are to be provided by and shall be the responsibility of a single entity. All components shall perform successfiilly as a complete system and shall operate as described in Lighting Designer's Control Narrative documents or Section 26 06 50.16, Lighting Fixture Schedule. d. Provide submittals as described in Part 1 above. e. Provide two (2) samples of each separate manufacturer and type of LED luminaire. Follow procedure for submitting samples as described in Part 1 above. f Include all components necessary for a complete installation. Provide all power supplies, synchronizers, data cables, and data terminators for a complete working system. g. All LED sources used in the LED luminaire shall be of proven quality from established and reputable LED manufacturers and shall have been fabricated after 2007. Acceptable LED lamp manufacturers unless otherwise noted are: 1) Cree, Inc. 2) Philips Lighting. 3) Nichia Corporation. 4) Norlux. 5) Opto Technology, Inc. 6) Osram Optronic Semiconductors. 7) Xicato. 8) Bridgelux. 9) Or equal. INTERIOR UGHTING 265100 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 2. Replacement and Spares: a. Manufacturer shall provide written guarantee of the following: 1) Manufacturer will keep record of original bin for each LED module and have replacement modules from the same bin available for three (3) years after date of installation. 2) Manufacturer will keep an inventory of replacement parts (source assembly, power and control components). 3) Manufacturer's LED system will not become obsolete for ten (10) years: Manufacturer will provide exact replacement parts, or provide upgraded parts that are designed to fit into the original luminaire and provide equivalent disttibution and lumen output to the original, without any negative consequences. b. All parts of system shall replaceable in field. Manufacturer shall provide written guarantee of the following: 1) Manufacturer has in place a written recycling and re-use program, and will accept retumed product and/or components for recycling or re-use. 2) Manufacturer will properly dispose of non-recyclable components that are deemed harmful to the environment. c. System shall carry a full warranty for five (5) years. Manufacturer shall be responsible for cost of labor not to exceed $50 per individual part, and cost of shipping, to replace any component of the system that fails within 2 years of installation. 3. Products and Components - Performance a. LED luminaires and components shall be UL listed or UL classified. b. LED luminaires and components shall be CE certified. c. LED luminaires and components shall be PSE marked. d. All LED luminaires shall be subjected to the following JEDEC Reliability Tests for Lead-free Semiconductors: HTOL, RTOL, LTOL, PTMCL, TMSK, Mechanical Shock, Variable Vibration Frequency, SHR, Autoclave. e. To ensure luminaire quality, luminaire shall have been tested under accelerated life test conditions including an operating temperature span of 360 degrees F, and cyclic loading up to 60G. f All products included in system shall use Mil-Std 81 OF, Random Vibration 7.698g as a minimum standard. In installations subject to vibration, luminaire shall be installed with vibration isolation hardware to sufficiently dampen vibrations. g. All LED components shall be mercury and lead-free. h. All manufacturing processes and materials shall conform to the requirements of the European Union's Restriction on the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronics Equipment (RoHS) Directive, 2002/95/EC. i. LEDs shall comply with ANSI/NEMA/ANSLG C78.377-2008 - Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. Color shall remain stable throughout the life of the lamp. Color shall match approved sample. j. LEDs shall comply with lESNA LM-80 - Standards for Lumen Maintenance of LED Lighting Products k. White LEDs shall have a rated source life of 50,000 hours under normal operating conditions. RGB LEDs shall have a rated source life of 100,000 hours. LED "rated source life" is defined as the time when a minimum of 70% of initial lumen output remains. INTERIOR UGHTING 265100 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1. Luminaire assembly shall include a method of dissipating heat so as to not degrade life of source, electronic equipment, or lenses. LED luminaire housing shall be designed to transfer heat from the LED board to the outside environment. Luminaire housing shall have no negative impact on life of components. m. Manufacturer shall supply in writing a range of permissible operating temperatures in which system will perform optimally, n. High power LED luminaires shall be thermally protected using one or more of the following thermal management techniques: metal core board, gap pad, and/or intemal monitoring firmware 0. LEDs shall be adequately protected from moisture or dust in interior applications. p. For wet and damp use, LED-based luminaires itself shall be sealed, rated, and tested for appropriate environmental conditions, not accomplished by using an additional housing or enclosure. Such protection shall have no negative impact on rated life of source or components, or if so, such reductions shall be explicitly brought to the attention of the designer. q. All hardwired connections to LED luminaires shall be reverse polarity protected and provide high voltage protection in the event connections are reversed or shorted during the installation process. r. The LED luminaire shall be operated at constant and carefiilly regulated current levels. LEDs shall not be overdriven beyond their specified nominal voltage and current. s. RGB LED luminaires shall utilize an equal combination of high brightness red, blue and green LEDs, unless otherwise noted, to provide up to 16.7 million additive RGB colors and shall be capable of at least 8-bit conttol. t. Manufacturer shall be able to provide supporting documentation of the product meeting third party regulatory compliance. u. Manufacturer shall ensure that products undergo and successfiilly meet appropriate design and manufacturability testing including Design FMEA, Process FMEA, Environmental Engineering Considerations and Laboratory Tests, lEC standards and UL/CE testing. V. All LED luminaires (100% of each lot) shall undergo a minimum twenty-four (24) hour bum-in during manufacturing, prior to shipping. w. Manufacturer shall provide Luminaire Efficacy (Im/W), total luminous flux (lumens), luminous intensity (candelas) chromaticity coordinates, CCT and CRI. optical performance, polar diagrams, and relevant luminance and illuminance photometric data. Provide data in IES file format in accordance with IES LM-79-2008, based on test results from an independent Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory. X. Power / data supply shall have the following: 1) Supply outputs shall have current limiting protection. 2) Supply shall provide miswiring protection. 3) Supply shall have power factor correction. 4) Supply shall provide connections that are conduit-ready or clamp-style connections in the case of low-voltage wiring. 5) Supply shall come with a housing that meets a minimum IP20 rating for dry location installation unless located in a damp or wet location. 6) Supply shall be UL listed for Class 1 or Class 2 wiring 4. LED Control and Communication - Performance INTERIOR UGHTING 265100 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 a. LED luminaires shall be network confroUable via digital control. b. The LED system shall use integral and differential non-linear control. c. Constant data fransmission rates shall be employed, resulting in the output being independent of distance of cable between power supply and light source within the specified length. d. LED system shall have a selectable means of extemal control via a data network. e. Each LED luminaire and/or node shall have the capability to be set to a unique and individual address. Address shall be selectable through on board switches or by an extemal hardware or software method. f The LED system shall be scalable, with every LED luminaire/address in the system capable of being controlled by a single, centralized controller. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires, lamps, and accessories. B. Extend existing interior luminaire installations using materials and methods compatible with existing installations, or as specified. C. Clean and repair existing interior luminaires to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install suspended luminaires using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Install pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height. B. Support luminaires larger than 2x4 foot size independent of ceiling framing. C. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on Drawings. D. Install surface mounted luminaires plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement. E. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Support surface-mounted luminaires on grid ceiling directly from building stmcture Fasten surface mounted luminaires to ceiling grid members using bolts, screws, rivets, or suitable clips. F. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. G. Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating. H. Install clips to secure recessed grid-supported luminaires in place. I. Install wall-mounted luminaires at height as indicated on Drawings as scheduled. J. Install accessories fiimished with each luminaire. INTERIOR UGHTING 265100-5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrory City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 K. Connect luminaires to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 26 05 33 using flexible conduit as indicated on Drawings. L. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire. M. Install specified lamps in each luminaire. N. Ground and bond interior luminaires in accordance with Section 26 05 26. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Aim and adjust luminaires as indicated on Drawings. 3.5 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures. C. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting finished work. B. Relamp luminaires having failed lamps at Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 265100 INTERIOR UGHTING 265100 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 271343 - DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT A. Tenderers shall propose and submit a comprehensive Stmctured Cabling Solution to define the telecommunications infrastmcture (patch panels, frames, patch cords, cables, faceplates and outlets) necessary to build a uniform premises distribution system, which will function for a multi-media communications solution to support up to 1000Mbps (IGBE) and to provide a 20 year warranted system. B. A Stmctured Cabling Solution that uses Category 6 components and Optical Fibre backbone shall be capable of providing 1 Gigabit Ethemet operation using full duplex transmission. The solution should define the method(s) of flexible patching for the telecommunications services to enable simple Moves, Adds & Changes, (MAC's) without frequent rewiring of locations. 1.2 CONFORMITY TO STANDARD A. The latest versions of the following standards are to be complied with unless otherwise specified: 1. AS/ACIF S008 Requirements for Authorized Cabling Products 2. AS/ACIF S009 Installation Requirements for Customer Cabling (Wiring Rules) 3. AS/NZS3000 SAA Electrical Wiring Rules 4. AS/NZS 3080 Integrated Telecommunications Cabling for Commercial Premises 5. AS/NZS 3084 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 6. AS/NZS 3085.1 Administration of Communications Cabling Systems - Basic Requirements 7. AS/NZS 4117 Surge Protective Devices for Telecommunication Applications 8. AS/NZS ISO/IEC 15018 (Replaces AS/NZS 3086 SOHO Cabling) Generic Cabling for Homes 9. AS/NZS lEC 61935.1 Testing of Balanced Communications Cabling In Accordance with ISO/IEC 11801 - Part 1 10. ISO 11801 Ed 2 (Altemate reference only) Information Technology - Generic Cabling for Customer Premises 11. TLA/EIA 568-B.2-1 (Altemate reference only) Transmission Performance Specification for 4 Pair 100 Ohm Category 6 Cabling 12. TIA 568-B.2-10 (Draft lOGBE reference document) Information Technology - Augmented Category 6 Cabling Class E Tender Spec 061201.doc Page 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM (SCS) A. All TYCO products supplied under this tender shall be genuine TYCO products DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM 271343 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Librory City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. The communications channel shall be capable of supporting IGBE (lOOOBASE-T) Ethemet. All copper products in the communications channel shall be capable of supporting the provision of power to the Data Terminal Equipment via the electrically conductive Media Dependant Interfaces as specified in the latest IEEE 802.3af "Power over Ethemet" standard. All IDC connectors shall be TYCO IDC technology for all systems and subsystems. 2.2 WORK AREA SYSTEM A. Tenderers shall supply and install the wiring or interconnections that connect active terminal devices to the telecommunication outlets. This includes patch cords, connectors, faceplates, as well as the work area patch cords (terminal fly leads) needed to make connections. The number of outlets required for this tender is approximately . B. The faceplates offered shall have the following; For Cat 6: 1. A choice of 4 outlets. 2. Options for vertical style or horizontal mounting style. 3. 4 port angled faceplates on perimeter trunking or surface skirting ducts. 4. A clear label application of circuit identification. C. Telecommunication Outlets (TO) 1. All copper telecommunication outlets supplied by the tenderer shall be TYCO modular 8- position / 8-contact outlets, accepting standard modular RJ45 plugs. 2. The TO shall be: a. Capable of receiving 0.4 to 0.64mm diameter solid wires into insulation displacement contacts. b. Surface or fiush mounted, single or dual sockets as specified in the drawings. C. Should have the ability to accept a dust cap to prevent dust and dirt getting into the socket. d. Underwriter Laboratories (UL) listed, and comply with CFR47 Part 68.500. e. Made from high-impact, fiame-retardant, UL94 -VO rated thermoplastic material. f. Meet or exceed AS/NZS 3080:2003 Category 6 component requirements. 3. The TO shall provide Near End Crosstalk (NEXT) performance ofi >54dB @ lOOMHz, and >46dB @ 250MHz for Cat 6. 4. The Insulation Displacement Connector (IDC) wiring termination shall have a minimum of 2 mechanical forces applied to the wire to provide a reliable and stress-free resistant connection. 5. The IDC termination must be have a 450 angled configuration when connecting with the cable conductor to reduce the effect of metal fatigue. 6. The IDC contact element shall be special spring brass with silver plating to increase conductivity, angularly artanged across the axis of conducting wire to maximize the gas tight coimection. The contact range shall be 5p,m silver-plated to ensure minimum oxidization impact. 7. The socket offered shall be marked to conform to the T568B wiring scheme in AS/NZS 3080 8. The telecommunication outlet shall meet the following electrical performances; a. RJ Interface resistance: 20 mfi b. Insulation resistance ^lOOM 0 atSOOVdc. C. Contact resistance of 20 mQ maximum. ( ImQ typical) d. Current rating of <2A at 20°C 9. The telecommunication outlet shall meet the following mechanical performance: DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 a. Insertion life of Level B reliability to 60603-7 b. Plug/Jack contact force: > lOOg minimum per contact using a FCC-approved plug. c. Plug retention force: 133 N minimum. d. Temperattire range:-20''C to+75°C D. Work Area Patch Cord 1. The Cat 6 work area patch cords shall be factory terminated with color options and with length options of 1.2, 2.1, 3.0, 4.5, 7.5, and 15 metres. E. Horizontal Cable System 2.3 CATEGORY 6 CABLING FOR 1 GIGABIT ETHERNET A. Tenderer shall supply TYCO Category 6 horizontal 4 pair solid cable to connect each telecommunication outlet (TO) or consolidation point (CP) to the floor disfributor (FD). The type of horizontal cables used shall be 4-pair 100f2 high performance unshielded twisted pak (UTP) cable for Cat 6 applications. B. The UTP cable shall be of nominal 0.5 mm diameter bare solid copper conductors insulated with high-density insulation and a PVC sheath. The insulated conductors shall be twisted into pairs, with pairs balanced for maximum performance and noise reduction. C. The 4-pair UTP cable shall be mn using a star topology format from the cross-connect at the floor disfributor (FD) on each floor to every individual telecommunication outiet. D. The 4-pair UTP cable must exceed AS/NZS 3080:2003 Category 6 requirements. It must be tested to Class E to ensure performance for any application up to and including 1000 Mbps from the floor distributor (FD) to the telecommunications outlet (TO) at the work area. E. All horizontal UTP cable must meet requirement specified for current applications such as IEEE 802.3, 10/100/1000 BASE T; IEEE 802.5, 4/16/lOOMbps; ATM Fomm 52/155/622/1200 Mbps, 1 Gigabit Networking. F. Each mn of cable from the cross-connect at the floor distributor (FD) to the telecommunication outlet (TO) shall be continuous without any joints or splices. Consolidation points (CP) are permitted provided Class E channel performance is maintained. G. The length of each individual mn of fixed horizontal cable from the floor distributor (FD) to the telecommunication outlet (TO) shall be based on the distance set out in the tables and formulas in AS/NZS 3080:2003 plus the appropriate length de-rating for maximum ambient temperatures above 20''C. Installed lengths may differ from the designed lengths as long as they pass testing. H. The 4-pair UTP cable should be Underwriter Laboratories (UL) listed as type CM or CMR. The 4-pair UTP cable shall meet or exceed the following AS/NZS 3080:2003 requirements specifications for cable: 1. Conductor DC Resistance (Max): 9.38 O/lOOm @ 20°C 2. DC Resistance Unbalance (Max) 5% 3. hisulation Resistance (Min): 5000 MQ /1km @ 20°C 4. Mutual Capacitance (Typical): 5.6 nF/lOOm 5. Characteristics impedance: lOOQ. 6. Worst Case Cable Skew: 45 nsec/100 Metres DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM 271343 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2.4 EQUIPMENT ROOM & TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM CABLE TERMINATIONS A. The size, location and provisioning of services and facilities in the Equipment and Telecommunications Rooms (ER and TR) should be in accordance with AS/NZS 3084. B. For copper voice circuits, the tenderer shall supply TYCO High Band 10-pair disconnect modules to terminate the incoming Service Provider cables, the outgoing Service Provider cables to the PABX, and the PABX Extension lines/cables. The mounting system shall be earthed as described later. These modules shall have the ability to accept over-voltage or surge protection devices, if required. C. The Equipment Room (ER) and Telecommunications Room (TR) shall contain black 19" Lab Rack units 44 RU in height, fitted with glide cable management bays for vertical cable and patch cord management. All intemal horizontal and/or backbone copper cables shall be terminated on rack mounted patch panels, or wall mounted Profile rods or back mount frames to suit either 8 or 25 pair TYCO modules. The ER or TR must also house the rack mounted or wall mounted fiber termination units for termination of optical fiber cable as defined in the drawings. D. Patch cords shall be provided when patching of voice and/or data circuits is required at the cross-connections to facilitate Moves, Adds and Changes (MAC's). The patch cords supplied shall be able to support the designed application, like IGBE applications. E. Lighting intensity on the front and back of installed terminations, patch panels and equipment should be 500 lux at lm above floor to meet AS/NZS 3084 requirements. 2.5 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT A. Tenderer shall utilize glide 19" racks, 44 RU high (product number 6460 1 141-00) for cable termination panels and for equipment mounting as appropriate. Locked cabinets may be used if additional security is wartanted. B. Vertical cable and patch cord management on the 19" rack shall be by attaching either a glide 150mm front only cable manager, or a 200mm or 250mm front & rear cable manager. Hinged covers matching the vertical cable management shall be fitted to hide and protect the cables and patch cords. C. Horizontal cable and patch cord management between patch panels or equipment on the 19" glide cable management racks shall be 2 RU glide horizontal cable managers with front hinged- down cover Horizontal cable and patch cord management at the top, middle or bottom of the 19" rack shall be either 2 RU or 4 RU horizontal crossover troughs. D. Fiber cable and fiber patch cord management shall be the Fiber Guide tray and channel system that utilizes yellow plastic extmsions in 50mm, 75mm or 100mm wide troughs and molded interconnection fittings. Trough exits shall utilize downspout fittings to maintain the minimum bending radius of the cables and cords. 2.6 CROSS-CONNECT SYSTEM A. Tenderer shall utilize Patch By Exception for copper cross-connection of termination modules at the backbone and/or horizontal cross-connect. The cross-connect system inside Telecommunications Rooms (TR) shall consist of 2 modules per horizontal cable mn. DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 B. On Module 1, 4-pair positions shall be connected from the top of the module to the network equipment by a System Tail with the RJ45 plug at the equipment end. On Module 2, 4-pair positions shall be connected at the top of the module to the horizontal cabling from the TO. The hard-wired jumper cable shall consist of 4-pair solid cable with sheath (the same cable as the horizontal 4-pair cable), and this will connect from the 4-pair positions on the bottom of Module 1 to the 4-pair positions on the bottom of Module 2. C. On 8-pair Profile-mounted modules, where possible, the solid jumpering shall all be laid to the left of the Profile modules to facilitate fiiture hinging of the module on that side. D. The cross-connect terminations on Category 6 components shall be either; 1. TYCO modules, fire-retardant, molded plastic UL94 VO rated, mounted horizontally for ease of termination, with 8-pair or 25-pair disconnection contacts for incoming voice and/or data services up to IGBE, or 2. TYCO RJ45 Cat 6 patch panels for incoming voice and/or data services up to IGBE. 3. Cross-connect jumper cable shall be Cat 6 of any suitable length, with sheath, terminated on the bottom of the module on the A-side to the bottom of the module on the B-side. 4. For Patch By Exception installations and for patch cord cross-connect installations on HighBand25 modules, the length of the Cat 6 patch cord between modules shall be 1.2 metres or longer to maintain warranted performance. E. Tenderer shall supply appropriate patch cords with factory-assembled plug-ends for mating with the termination modules. These patch cords are to be used as the "Exception" patching facility during temporary Moves, Adds and Changes. F. Restoration of the original hard-wired jumper arrangement shall be by the removal of the "Exception" patch cords. G. When the temporary "Exception" patching arrangements are to be made permanent, the appropriate modules shall be hard-wired using solid 4-pair fiilly sheathed cable, and the"Exception" patch cords shall be removed and stored for fiiture use. The type of patch cords shall match the termination modules used. 2.7 COPPER PATCH PANELS, RACK AND CABINET-MOUNTED A. The modular outlet patch panel shall be a TYCO Cat 6 panel with 8 pin modular sockets having a worst pair NEXT loss values for the outlet of >54dB at lOOMHz and >46dB at 250MHz. B. The patch panel shall be available in 16 or 24 port configurations in one rack unit height or 48 ports in two-rack unit height and shall fit into a 19" rack. Rear cable management shall be cable manager either steel or plastic (MasterMinder) to occupy the same height as the 1 RU patch panel. C. The contact plating of the modular jacks shall have a minimum thickness of 1.3 pm of hard gold in accordance with FCC CFR47 Part 68.5, over a minimum thickness of 2.0|xm of nickel. The modular patch panel will have a plug insertion life of Level B reliability to lEC 60603-7. D. Patch Cord Minders shall be fitted so that there is one patch cord minder for every 2 x flat patch panels. The front and/or rear vertical rails of the cabinet shall be set back sufficiently to accommodate the patch cord minders. DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM 271343 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 E. When angled patch panels are used, the installation of patch cord minders is not mandated. However, the rack and/or cabinet must have sufficient space on the sides at the front to provide adequate room and support to contain the patch cords and their minimum bending radius. 2.8 OPTICAL FIBER TERMINATION UNIT, RACK AND CABINET-MOUNT A. The 19" rack mount fiber termination unit shall provide cross-connect, interconnect or splicing capabilities. B. The 19" rack mount fiber termination unit shall consist of a frame mountable housing for terminating and/or splicing fiber optic cables and allow for organization of the fiber optic interconnects. The assembly shall have rear openings for cable entry, with posts to accept strain relief terminations and with fiber storage guide facilities for maintaining bend radius. C. The 19" rack-mounting unit should be either 12 or 24 ports for one rack unit (IRU) and can be either a fixed position unit or have a slide or swing tray to improve access. D. The adaptor plates shall be suitable for SC simplex, SC duplex LC duplex or ST couplings, and the adaptor plates should be installed to angle the through adaptors to the left or to the right of the panel to improve the patch cord management and provide eye safety due to accidental exposure to active fibers. E. Connectors on all single-mode fibers (SMF) shall be fusion spliced on site. Connectors on all multimode fibers (MMF) should be fiision spliced on site for optimum performance. 2.9 PRE-TERMINATED OPTICAL FIBER A. Where optical fiber cabling is specified on the drawings, consideration should be to the use of Pre-Terminated Optical Fiber (PTOF) cable to minimize installation time. B. The cable shall be preterminated with the appropriate style of connector to suit the requirements (like SC or LC style). The length of the PTOF shall be measured from FOBOT to FOBOT (Fiber Optic Break Out Tray) and there shall be an additional 650 mm minimum breakout length of fibers, located in each FOBOT, for direct connection into adaptors. 2.10 PATCH CORDS AND SYSTEM LEADS A. Tenderer shall supply TYCO Cat 6 patch cords and copper System Leads for cross-connection and/or inter-connection of termination modules, patch panels and network equipment. B. The type of patch cords and system leads shall match the termination module used, ie Cat 6 modules or Cat 6 RJ45 patch panel. C. All Cat 6 patch cords shall be factory terminated 4-pair UTP cable with lengths of 1.2, 2.1, 3.0, 4.5, 7.5, and 15 metres. D. System Leads shall be supplied and installed to connect the network equipment to the cross- connect or interconnect modules. The system leads shall have 4-pair conductors with length and constmction (stranded or solid) suited to the installation. DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 E. The TYCO Fiber Patch Cords shall; 1. Consist of one or two single, tight buffered, multimode graded-index fibers with a 62.5 or 50 micron core or singlemode 9 micron core with 125 micron cladding to suit the installed OMI, OM3, or OSI fiber optic cabling. 2. Be used for optical fiber cross-connects and interconnects. 3. Have the fiber cladding covered by Kevlar fibers and a protective outer jacket. 4. Be factory terminated with SC, ST or LC ceramic connectors at each end. 5. Meet the following specifications: a. Minimum bend radius: 25 mm b. Operating temperature: -40 to +75° C C. Loss: 0.75 dB per mated pair of connectors d. Retum Loss Maximum: -45Db e. Cable OD: 3 mm f. Tip material: Ceramic 2.11 BACKBONE SYSTEM A. The backbone system shall include UTP 4-pair copper cable for voice and 4-pair Cat 6 copper UTP and fibre optic cable for high-speed data networking in the intra-building wiring. Tie cables between floor distributors may be Cat 6 UTP cable, if less than 90 m long. B. The backbone cables shall be mn in a star topology, terminated in the Equipment Room (ER) or Building Disfributor (BD) at one end, and in a Floor Distributor (FD) at the other end. 1. The UTP copper cables a. Shall be marked CM or CMR b. Shall consist of 0.5 mm diameter, twisted pair copper conductor marked CM or CMR. c. The UTP multi-pair cable shall meet the requirements of AS/NZS 3080:2003 and AS/ACIF S008 2. The Optical Fiber Cables a. The multi-core optical fiber cable shall consist of multimode or singlemode fiber, color-coded for identification for multi-core fiber optic cable. b. Consideration should be given to the use of Pre Terminated Optical Fiber cable for faster and easier installation. c. The fiber cables shall meet the following transmission specification: -where, OFL = Overfilled Launch Bandwidth, RML = Resfricted Mode Launch OMI Specification 62.5/125 pm Fibre 1) Sheath color Orange (if available), or black 2) Maximum fibre loss: 3.5 dB/km at 850 nm 1.5 dB/km at 1300 nm 3) Minimum bandwidth: 200 MHz.km at 850 nm 500 MHz.km at 1300 nm 4) Numerical aperture: 0.275 5) Max length of GBE 300 m at 850 nm 6) Max length for GBE 550 m at 1300 nm 2.12 OVERLOAD PROTECTION A. The tenderer shall make provision to supply overvoltage protection to all incoming lines from the Service Provider and to all above ground and underground lines between buildings in campus wiring design. The provision for overvoltage protection includes installation of correct earthling least 6 mm2 to the mounting frames and racks. The installation of the artestor DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM 271343 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 magazines shall be as agreed with the system designer and in any installation in the region of and above the Tropic of Capricom and in Westem Australia this is considered a requirement.Tenderer shall supply overvoltage magazines complete with 230 volts fail-safe overvoltage arrestors for all incoming copper pairs to protect the incoming Service Providerlines and any outside plant multi-pair copper cables against any overvoltage surge and minimize the damage that may be caused by lightning. For lightning and overvoltage protection tenderer shall supply solid state surge protection devices for voice applications and data applications up to and including 16Mbps. 2.13 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Channel performance is the preferted acceptance criteria for all installations if possible. All Permanent Links are to be installed and all end-user patch cords, equipment cords and work area cords are to be in place, and left in the position where they were tested. Where this is not practical, the Permanent Link performance will be the acceptance criteria for the installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION STAFF AND EXPERIENCE A. The successfiil tenderer shall supply a list of names of installation staff and their TYCO Master Installers certificate number. All certificate numbers must start with the letter 'C signifying Competency to be a valid certificate. This requirement does not apply to apprentices or trainees under the fiill-time supervision of an TYCO Master Installer. Certificate numbers starting with the letter 'A' signifying Attendance are not valid as TYCO Master Installers.Tenderer shall state when each staff was last trained by formal TYCO Master Installer training.Tenderer shall provide a list of their technical support staff listing their working experience in the relevant field. Class E Tender Spec TYCO 061201.doc Page I4Tenderer shall state the nearest location of their principal support centre. This cenfre shall have permanentiy stationed support staff that is capable of providing technical support effectively and efficiently. 3.2 APPLICATION ASSURANCE AND WARRANTY A. Tenderer shall provide at least a 20 year Warranty for Class E Channel performance of the Cat 6Channel Solutions backed by TYCO's 20 years warranty from the date of successfiil completion of testing and commissioning of the Stmctured Cabling System. The 20 year application assurance shall cover the failure of the offered cabling system to operate the applications that the system was initially designed to support, ie those identified in the current (at the time of tendering) versions of the Cabling Performance Specifications (that is the AS/NZS 3080, ISOI1801 orTlA/ElA 568-B.2-1). 3.3 COMPLIANCE TESTS A. The installer must individually test 100% of the UTP cables and fibre optic cables after installation of the cables to determine compliance to AS/NZS 3080 performance requirements. Where ever possible, progressive testing of both fibre and copper Permanent Links or Channels is recommended to ensure errors or unacceptable installation practices are minimized on the site. All test results, including Passes, 'Star-Passes' and Failures, shall be kept by the installer DATA/COMMUNICATION CABUNG SYSTEM CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 prior to customer acceptance of the site. At customer acceptance, the final test results shall be given to the end user for retention during the period of the warranty. TYCO does not accept cable mns with failures as part of the normal Warranted installation. Prior to acceptance by the customer, all compliance test resuhs shall be made available to TYCO staff on request to verify Pass resuhs and discuss failures and 'Star-Passes'. Any rectification work and re-testing of cable mns containing failures or 'Star-Passes' shall be at the installer's expense. B. Class E Performance Testing on Cat 6 Installations. The Stmctured Cabling System shall be tested by the installer for compliance to the requirements specified in the latest AS/NZS 3080 standard for Class E performance using Level 3 testers in accordance with AS/NZS lEC 61935.1 - Testing. A certain percentage of the outlets may be chosen at random for the final acceptance testing by the end-user or in their absence, by TYCO. The design data and the fiill results of all compliance tests performed by the installer are to be fiilly documented and submitted to end-user to hold for the period of the warranty. The results must include 100% of total installation and provide fiill electronic data files for each cable mn indicating the name of the person doing the testing, date, building, cable identification, cable length. Insertion Loss, NEXT, PSNEXT, ACR, PSACR, Propagation Delay, Delay Skew, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT,and Retum Loss. Length alone is not considered to be a pass/fail criteria. The compliance criteria shall be in accordance with the compliance requirements set out in AS/NZS3080:2003 or ISO/IEC 11801:2003 for the Class E copper Permanent Link or Channel. C. Optical Fibre Link Testing 1. Test Requirements All multimode and singlemode optical fibre links must be tested for; a. Continuity and Maintenance of Polarity b. Length Class E Tender Spec TYCO 061201.doc Page 15 C. Propagation Delay d. Optical Attenuation of Link, 2 x wavelengths, 2 x direction Conduct the tests in accordance with TYCO's Performance Testing of Optical Fibre Links For Compliance To ISO/IEC 11801, using either LSPM and/or OTDR equipment. If conflict exists, correct testing with LSPM shall be taken as cortect. Where LSPM resuhs exceed the Power Loss Budget, the link shall be investigated with an OTDR to determine the location of the faulty component. D. Reference Setting (Zeroing) Methods for LSPM Testers on MMF and SMF 1. If the connectors are the same on the LSPM tester and the Link to be tested, use 1 -Test Cord Method of Reference Setting as per Cl 9.1.2 of ISO/IEC 14763-3 (Eg. SC on tester and both ends of Link). Where the connectors on the LSPM tester are different from the connectors on the Link to be tested, use the 3-Test Cord Method of Reference Setting as per Cl 9.1.1 of ISO/IEC 14763-3 (Eg. SC on Tester and LC on Link) E. Use of Mandrels or Coils (for both 3 & 1-Test Cord Methods) 1. For MMF, the LSPM Tester shall have the correct Coupling Power Ratio for the cable under test. This can also be achieved by using a Mandrel Wrap on the Launch Cord for mode stripping during Reference Setting and Testing. For a 3 mm Launch Cord, 5 tums on 17 mm 0 for 62.5 iim 5 ttims on 22 mm 0 for 50 ^m. For SMF, the LSPM test launch cord shall have at least 2 x tums of 40±5 mm diameter, aircoiled or on a mandrel, for stripping light out ofthe cladding and more consistent readings. F. Test Cords and Field Calibration Cords (for both 3 & 1-Test Cord Methods) DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM 271343 - 9 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1. All Test Cords & Field Calibration cords shall be Qualified. Launch and Tail Cords for MMF & SMF LSPM testing shall be lm to 5m each and have a Reference Connector at one end. Field Calibration Cord used in the 3-Test Cord Method shall not exceed 2m in length and have Reference Connectors at both ends. Reference Connectors shall be the same type of connectors as the cabling to be tested. Reference Connectors shall have an attenuation of < 0.10 dB for MMF, and < 0.20 dB for SMF. G. Field Calibration Cord and Adaptor Removal (for 3-Test Cord Method) 1. For both MMF and SMF cabling, after the 3-Test Cord Reference Setting has been done, the central Field Calibration Cord shall be removed and the cabling under test connected. For a Link, the 2 x adaptors are removed with the field calibration cord. [For a Channel, the 2 X adaptors remain on the launch and tail cords.] H. Compliance Criteria 1. The compliance criteria shall be a pass for all ofthe tests listed under Test Requirements. The Optical Attenuation ofthe Link shall not exceed the Power Loss Budget calculated in accordance with the losses set out in ISO/IEC 14763-3:2006 and AS/NZS 3080:2003 for the optical fibre components that make up the Link. For an TYCO warranty, the optical fibre installation must pass the requirements and test methods set out in Performance Testing of Optical Fibre Links For Compliance To ISO/IEC 11801. I. Test Result Documentation 1. A copy of the frill "Plot Data Enabled" test results for each copper cable mn and each core of each optical fibre cable mn shall be supplied to the end user on CD in a 'Microsoft Windows' Office application format, or in a recognized test vendor's application format like Fluke LinkWare or Agilent DataScope Pro or LANTEK Reporter. 3.4 CUSTOMER ACCEPTANCE A. At the conclusion of the installation a preliminary walkthrough with the installation confractor will be performed to check for installation quality, accurate performance of the work, and to verify engineering diagrams. Any modifications to the documentation or the installation that may be required shall be accomplished within a 2 week period. "Customer Acceptance" shall consist of a final walkthrough with the installation contractor. The walk through shall be scheduled within 3 weeks of the completion of the installation in order to tum the project and documentation over to the end-user. "Customer Acceptance" does not release the installation contractor from repairing any cabling errors or improperly labeled circuits, caused by the installation contractors, that may be discovered at a later date. 3.5 EQUIPMENT AND MATERLA.LS SHALL BE NEW A. All cabling and connection equipment and materials supplied shall be new TYCO approved products. The Contractor shall check the surface finishes and paintwork aroimd his area of installation and touchup or repair/replace all damaged parts after the installation of cabling and equipment. The Contractor shall provide TYCO literature including data on maintenance and operation of all equipment installed. Relevant catalogues of all materials, instmments, equipment, and components, to be supplied shall be included in this Tender. All TYCO equipment and materials shall be permanently and legibly marked to indicate clearly the TYCO name as the manufacturer or the TYCO registered trademark. DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10,2015 3.6 LABELLING AND NUMBERING A. Each piece of equipment, patch panel and outgoing cable from the patch panels shall be labeled. Corresponding labeling and numbering shall also be provided on the telecommunication outlets. Equipment racks/cabinets should be labeled from bottom to top, left to right, omitting the letters "I" and "O". All cable labels should be of clear wrap around self-adhesive type or slip-on plastic ring type or a long plastic strip type fixed onto each cable. Each cable is to be labeled at each end 100 - 150mm from the termination point. Lettering on the label is to be machine typed. Telecommunication Outlets are to be labeled with an approved label secured to the outlet faceplate/cover in a prominent position, firmly affixed. Cable and TO numbering shall be the same and should be in the format of; "BUILDING-FLOOR-ROOM-NUMBER". The designations can be letters or numbers. Room is optional. NUMBERS must be in sequential numbers. Use a dash between each designation with no spaces. Consolidation Points are to be additionally labeled with the distance back to the FD, in metres. MUTOs are to be additionally labeled with the maximum allowable patch cord length in metres, as per the MUTO cabling design. 3.7 CABLING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. All cables shall be mn and installed in a workmanlike manner in accordance with AS/ACIF S009 Wiring Rules for safety and network integrity, and AS/NZS 3080 for performance. The Installer shall plan the cabling system and routing ensuring adequate segregation from electrical and hazardous services, ensuring system integrity and performance, ensuring that it does not present problems of maintenance or access, and ensuring there is no confiict with the operation and maintenance of other systems. The Tender shall give full details of the type of cables to be used including the type of termination, identification method, method of installation and limitations (if any). Termination of cables in the FD shall be on racks, frames or wall-mount assemblies to suit the selected modules and/or patch panels. Cable installed underground either direct buried or buried in conduit shall be of gel-filled Loose Tube constmction that meets the requirements of the 'Water Penetration' test specified in lEC 60794-1-2 Clause 25, Method -F5B. In addition, such cable shall not allow fluids to penetrate through the sheath. To comply with the identification requirements of AS/ACIF S009, cable shall not be painted. Occasional overspray from Acrylic water-based painting can be acceptable provided the overspray coverage does not exceed lm length on the cables. All metal pathways should be bonded to the building earth system thereby providing a bonding conductor facility to minimize the effects of noise coupling. B. Copper Cable: 1. Cat 6 cables shall be grouped together in bundles not exceeding 24 cables per bundle. Cat 5 cables shall be grouped together in bundles not exceeding 32 cables per bundle. Cat 6A permanent links should be at least 15 m long to minimize low NEXT or RL issues like *Pass. Do not mix Cat 6 and Augmented Cat 6 cables in the same bundle. CopperTen Augmented Cat 6 cables should have 25mm separation from Cat 6 cables to minimize alien crosstalk. Do not arrange any Cat 6 cables within bundles or in a tray in straight lines. Leave them in a random lay to help minimize extemal alien crosstalk between the cables. This is the TYCO 'Random Lay In Bundle And Tray for Cat 6 cable and Cat 6A' principle. Cat 6 cables shall be secured with VelcroT'^ at least 10 mm wide or approved elastic ties. Use Velcro^M or approved elastic ties applied at random spacings up to 300mm apart on catenary wires. Provide adequate support for all cabling that is vertically DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM 271343 - 11 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 installed, ensuring that the weight of the cables is sufficiently supported. Use VelcroT"^ or approved elastic ties at approx 300mm vertical spacing. Bend confrol accessories (eg 'water-falls') shall be used to restrict cable bending during and after installation so that minimum bend radius is not exceeded. This particularly applies to all locations where cables change from horizontal to vertical. Cables shall be installed so as not to exceed the minimum bending radius. Use a bending radius not less than 50 mm radius (100 mm dia) during cable pulling, and not less than 25 mm radius (50 mm dia) for hand placement on horizontal mns eg at the TO or in skirting ducts. For tighter bend radius applications, obtain the manufacturer's approval before installation. For Cat 6 cable installations, the provision of spare cable should be avoided by good design and careful selection of termination locations. However, if specified on the drawings, allow for approx 2-3 metres of spare in the cable mns at the FD (by J-bends or U-bends in the cabinet/rack) and possibly at the entry to the service pole or skirting duct containing the TO. Place this spare cable in such a manner that it is fully supported and that the minimum bending radius is maintained. Spare cable shall not be stored inside service poles or skirting ducts. If spare cable is contained in loops, there shall be mo more than 4 loops in a coil at any one location and each loop shall be of different diameter with minimum diameter of 300 mm. Cables shall be installed so as not to exceed the maximum hauling tension of IIkg for Cat 6 cables and CopperTen Augmented Cat 6 cables. Consolidation Points, if installed, shall be at least 15 metres away from the FD. There is no minimum requirement between FD and TO, or CP and TO. Red sheathed horizontal fixed copper cabling shall be reserved for fire detection/alarm services. Cables that penetrate fire barriers shall have the penetrations suitably fire-stopped by qualified operators as required by local building code regulations/laws. The amount of un-twist in a pair at any termination shall be no more than 13mm for Cat 5 and 10mm for Cat 6 and Augmented Cat 6. The amount of cable sheath sfripped back at any termination shall such that the sheath terminates approximately 10 mm or less from module or socket housing for C5, C6 and Augmented C6 cables. C. Optical Fibre Cable 1. Bend control accessories shall be used to restrict cable bending during installation so that minimum bend radius is not exceeded as specified in the relevant cable technical data sheet. Cables shall not be installed at a tension that exceeds their specified limited as per in the relevant cable technical data sheet. Cable enclosures (eg. pull boxes) shall be capable of accommodating the specified minimum bend radius of all installed cable as a bundle. Cable direct buried shall be in suitably prepared ground such as in well tamped surrounding sand or soft soil. Cables used in a building shall be of Tight-Buffered low smoke zero halogen constmction and shall be resistant to UV radiation where the cable is exposed to direct sunlight. Optical fibre cables occupying the same conduits as LV power cables should be installed in sub-ducts to maintain the integrity of the optical fibre cable during installation and fiiture maintenance. Consideration must be given to minimizing the risk of damage to underground cable through vehicle and stmctural loading or soil movement or severe bending radius or above-ground impact. Underground cable will be exposure to UV radiation where it enters and exits the ground and it must be suitably protected at these locations. D. Pathways - Continuous 1. Continuous pathways are Tray (flat, slotted, ladder). Ducts (in-floor, perimeter, skirting). Conduits, Power Poles or Blades or similar. The recommendations in AS/NZS 3084 Pathways and Spaces should be followed. All cable frays, catenaries and ductwork required to complete the installation will be the responsibility of the Tenderer to supply and install. The installer is to liaise with end-user, and/or main contractor when strip-out DATA/COMMUNICATION CABUNG SYSTEM CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 of existing floors commences to evaluate if any existing cable tray or ducts can be re- used. The preferred depth of surface/skirting ducts is 50mm to accommodate the minimum bending radius of Cat 5, Cat 6 and Augmented Cat 6 cables, a. For 3-compartment communications ducts: 1) •A50Hx50D mm duct shall contain no more than 18 x CopperTen cables, or 24 x Cat 6 cables, or 32 x Cat 5 cables (ie the maximum Cat 6 and Cat 5 bundle sizes). 2) • A 40H X 50D mm duct shall contain no more than 12 x CopperTen cables, or 24 X Cat 6 and Cat 5 cables. 3) • A 35H X 40D mm duct shall contain no more than 6 x CopperTen cables, or 12 X Cat 6 and Cat 5 cables. 2. All necessary pathway penetrations and access between floors is the responsibility of the Tenderer to provide, and to ensure all penetrations and access holes at the completion of the installation are fully sealed to local authority requirements and fire regulations by qualified personnel. Support all cabling within the false ceiling space or under indoor raised fiooring by steel cable tray, tmnking, ducting, or catenary wires, fixed by manufacturer approved hangers and methods onto stmctural building or flooring elements. All conductive pathways should be earthed to protective earth from the electrical distiibution board on the floor where such cable tray is installed. A licensed electrical contractor must make the connection to the electrical distribution board protective earth. Before cable is installed and after installation, ensure that conduit, tmnking and fray is thoroughly clean of any extraneous material such as cable scraps, dust, dirt, constmction debris and moisture. Any cable that has been subjected to immersion in fluid shall have the pathway dried and cleaned and the cable shall be completely replaced with new clean dry cable. Co-ordinate all tmnking, ducting, conduit and fray work with other services on site as necessary. Where cables exit a tray, provide adequate protection from sharp tray edges during the installation process and after completion. Where cables are installed in partitions or false walls through sharp-edged metal studs, ensure bushings are secured in these penetrations to protect cables. Restrict conduit mns to no more than 30m of continuous mn inside a building between hauling points. Restrict any single pull to no more than two (2) x 90-degree bends, in conduits or ducts. The pathway system shall otherwise be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instmctions. E. Pathways - Non-continuous 1. Non-continuous pathways are Wireways (mesh, ribs). Catenaries, Hooks or Bags. Where non-continuous- pathways are used to cable support systems, the following minimum requirements shall be followed. The recommendations in AS/NZS 3084 Pathways and Spaces should be followed. Catenary wires shall be anchored to stmctural elements of the building and not to any service or support accessory. The maximum number of cables on one catenary shall be 2 x bundles of 32 for Cat 5 or 2 x bundles of 24 for Cat 6. The maximum sag of a pathway when fully-loaded with cables shall not exceed 150 mm between any two supports. Mesh trays for general use shall have metallic or non-metallic crossbars at 100 mm spacing or less. Around extemal comers, the maximum unsupported cable span shall be 150mm. Otherwise use a fiat durable sheet in the bottom of the pathway to support the cables. Curved bend confrol accessories that support the cables shall be used to fully support the cables over the bend surface and maintain a minimum bend radius of 50 mm in all situations where the cable or the tray/mesh drops down at an angle of 45 degrees or greater. The maximum height of the mass of cables on a pathway shall be 90mm. The height is reduced to 75mm if the cross bar spacing is up to 120mm in special use trays. This ensures there is not too much weight on the bottom cables that rest on the crossbars. The clearance above the sides of the tray/mesh shall be at least 1/2 the DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM 271343 - 13 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 width of the tray with 100mm as the minimum clearance. Supports for non-metallic mesh shall be at 1 m spacing or less. The maximum sag should be less that 200 mm when fully loaded. J-Hooks, bags or saddles shall be positioned at 800 mm spacing or less. The surface of the hook or saddle that supports the cable shall be smooth and at least 34 mm wide with rounded-off edges under the cables. The fixings of any cable support system shall be onto the building stmcture by solid mechanical means, not adhesive means. Non- continuous support pathways should be mn in straight lines following the building lines, not a diagonal or zig-zag fashion. The pathway system shall otherwise be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instmctions. F. Separation 1. The minimum separation between the fixed telecommunications cabling and parallel mns greater than 3 m in length of LV fixed electrical cabling shall be at least 300 mm for performance and noise reduction reasons. Separation from other electrically noisy environments like power distribution mains and sub mains and fluorescent light fittings or halogen down light transformers shall be 300 mm. For non-wartanted sites where performance is not the primary requirement, the following safety requirements shall be maintained. A minimum of 50 mm separation between the fixed telecommunications cabling and parallel mns of LV electrical cabling. If the mn parallel to LV electrical cables is less than 50mm, separate the two with a solid durable barrier (if metallic it should be protectively earthed) for the entire length of mn less than 50 mm separation. Where fixed telecommunications cables cross electrical cables, the crossing shall be at right angles with 50mm separation (or a protective conduit/barrier extending 50 mm both sides of the crossing) with both sets of cabling securely fixed in position to prevent any relative movement or change in the separation. These safety separation/segregation are set down in AS/ACIF S009 - Wiring Rules. Where fixed cabling is installed inside modular fiimiture partitions and similar enclosures or in service poles, maintain the 50 mm safety separation or have a solid durable separation barrier as per AS/ACIF S009. Wherever possible, maintain a performance separation of up to 300 mm from LV power cables to minimize noise induction. Install cables in partition ducts/trays, free from protmsion of screws and similar sharp fasteners that may damage the cabling. Remove or cover all sharp edges on the cabling pathway. Where patch cords are installed behind removable panels in modular fumiture or in under-desk pathways, maintain a separation from LV power of 10 mm if possible. The preferred length of patch cords mnning continuously in parallel with LV power under desks plus in 'umbilicals' is 5 m maximum. In 'umbilical' pathways associated with modular office partition systems, the LV power and the telecommunications cables shall use separate compartments. No additional separation or barriers are required within the umbilical pathway. The end fittings for umbilical pathways shall be such that the minimum bending radius of the communications cables is not exceeded at either end. 3.8 DOCUMENTATION The contractor shall provide complete documentation covering the installation and maintenance of the Stmctured Cabling System. This includes "as buih" drawings showing the location of all installed equipment and racks in all Telecommunications Rooms, all main cable mns, cable trays and catenaries, CPs, MUTOs and TOs, complete with outlet numbering. A. Quantity 1. The Tenderer shall provide three complete sets of documentation. As buih drawings shall be provided within 14 days of sectional or partial completion of any part ofthe project to DATA/COMMUNICATION CABUNG SYSTEM CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 the project manager and/or the client showing all main cable mns, locations, identifications and destinations. B. Printing And Binding of Documentation 1. The Tenderer shall provide installation/system manuals, product datasheets and all other documentation in suitably labeled, A4 sized binders. All binding shall be of a high quality to provide for a long and durable service. C. Document and Drawing Sizes 1. All documentation shall be typed on either single or double-sided A4 pages. Drawings shall where practicable, be on A4 size however, A3 or Al sizes may be used for larger drawings. D. Installation/Systems Manuals 1. The Installation/Systems Manual shall cover the following areas: a. A detailed overview of the building cabling system, b. Full description of the specific installation, C. Full schematics showing the overall layout ofthe installation, and d. Floor layout drawings showing the location and designation of each outlet, location of cable trays and ducts and location of all connection frames. E. Test Resuh Documentation 1. A copy of the fiill "Plot Data Enabled" test results for each copper cable mn and each core of each optical fibre cable mn shall be supplied to the end user on CD in a recognized test vendor's application format like Fluke LinkWare or Agilent DataScope Pro or LANTEK Reporter. END OF SECTION 16750 DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM 271343 - 15 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Pianning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 280529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Conduit supports. 2. Formed steel channel. 3. Spring steel clips. 4. Sleeves. 5. Mechanical sleeve seals. 6. Firestopping relating to electrical work. 7. Firestopping accessories. 8. Equipment bases and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Product requirements for concrete for placement by this section. 2. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. 3. Section 27 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM Intemational: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM El 19 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Constmction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Ffre Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. 4. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems. B. FM Global: 1. FM - Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation. C. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Constmction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. E. Intertek Testing Services (Wamock Hersey Listed): HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1. WH - Certification Listings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to artest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated constmction. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E814 UL 1479 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent constmction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating. 1. Ratings may be 3-hours for firestopping in through-penetrations of 4-hour fire rated assemblies unless otherwise required by applicable codes. B. Firestop intermptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface buming characteristics. B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location and detail of trapeze hangers. C. Product Data: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. D. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly. E. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze hangers and hangers and supports. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: 1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components. 2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instmctions. G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. H. Engineering Judgements: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: UL 1479 or ASTM E814 with 0. 10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1 -hour. 1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. 2. Floor [and Roof] Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. a. Floor Penetrations Within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required. B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non-Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 2. Penefrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed. D. Fire Resistant Joints Between Floor Slabs and Exterior Walls: ASTM El 19 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for fioor assembly. E. Surface Buming Characteristics: Maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. F. Perform Work in accordance with State and Municipality of National City. G. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and constmction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging. I.U ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials. D. [Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduh Corp. 2. Electroline Manufacturing Company 3. 0-Z Gedney Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Hanger Rods: Threaded high tensile strength galvanized carbon steel with free mnning threads. C. Beam Clamps: Malleable Iron, with tapered hole in base and back to accept either bolt or hanger rod. Set screw: hardened steel. D. Conduit clamps for trapeze hangers: Galvanized steel, notched to fit trapeze with single bolt to tighten. E. Conduit clamps - general purpose: One hole malleable iron for surface mounted conduits. F. Cable Ties: High strength nylon temperature rated to 185 degrees F. Self locking. 2.2 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. B-Line Systems 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division. 4. Unistmt Corp. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage) thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center. 2.3 SPRING STEEL CLIPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied/Power Stmt 2. TNB 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Mounting hole and screw closure. 2.4 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel. B. Sleeves for Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. C. Sleeves for Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fire Proofing: Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals, UL listed. D. [Stuffing] [Fire-stopping] Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible. 2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc. 2. NMP Corporation. 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic mbber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing mbber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. 2.6 FIRESTOPPE^G A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Coming Corp. 2. Fire Trak Corp. 3. Hilti Corp. 4. Intemational Protective Coating Corp. 5. 3M fire Protection Products. 6. Specified Technology, Inc. 7. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Single component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with fianged stops. 6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. C. Color: As selected from manufacturer's frill range of colors. 2.7 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. C. General: 1. Fumish UL listed products [or products tested by independent testing laboratory. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. D. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed. 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, fiimish modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic mbber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between conduit and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Plonning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond. C. Install backing materials to artest liquid material leakage. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors. D. Do not drill or cut stmctural members. 3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Concrete Stmctural Elements: Provide precast inserts, expansion anchors, powder actuated anchors and preset inserts. 2. Steel Stmctural Elements: Provide beam clamps, spring steel clips, steel ramset fasteners, and welded fasteners. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Provide self-drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 4. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Provide toggle bolts and hollow wall fasteners. 5. Solid Masonry Walls: Provide expansion anchors and preset inserts. 6. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws. 7. Wood Elements: Provide wood screws. B. Inserts: 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab. C. Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC. D. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. E. Install multiple conduit mns on common hangers. F. Supports: 1. Fabricate supports from stmctural steel or formed steel channel. Install hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Install spring lock washers under nuts. 2. Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. 3. In wet and damp locations install steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch off wall. 4. Support vertical conduit at every floor. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3.4 INSTALLATION - FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated constmction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating [,to uniform density and texture]. D. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at fioor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of stmcture penetrated. 2. Where conduit, penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions. E. Non-Rated Surfaces: 1. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install escutcheons floor plates or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble mbber links of mechanical seal to size of conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instmctions. 4. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at laboratories, computer rooms, telecommunication rooms and electrical rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penefration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. 3.5 fiMSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 3-1/2 inches thick and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment. Refer to Section 03 30 00. B. Using templates fumished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Constmct supports of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to stmcture. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 3.6 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with adjustable interlocking mbber links. B. Conduh penetrations not required to be watertight: Sleeve and fill with silicon foam. C. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. D. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. E. Extend sleeves through fioors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. F. Where conduit or raceway penefrates fioor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between conduit or raceway and adjacent work with stuffing fire stopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. G. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. 3.8 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.9 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION 280529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 9 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280529 - 10 1. Section 26 05 03 2. Section 26 05 33 3. Section 26 05 34 4. Section 26 27 16 5. Section 26 27 26 6. Section 28 05 29 7. Section 28 05 36 8. Section 28 05 53 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 280533 - CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes conduit and tubing, surface raceways, wireways, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes, and handholes. B. Related Sections: Equipment Wiring Connections. Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. Floor Boxes for Electrical Systems. Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures. Wiring Devices. Hangers and Supports for Electronic Safety and Security. Cable Trays for Electronic Safety and Security. Identification for Electronic Safety and Security. 1.2 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Raceway: 1. Basis of Measurement: By linear foot "«***^ 2. Basis of Payment: Includes materials, delivery, handling, and installing. B. Boxes: 1. Basis of Measurement: By cubic foot. 2. Basis of Payment: Includes materials, delivery, handling, and installing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduh, Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C80.3 - Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. 3. ANSI C80.5 - Aluminum Rigid Conduit - (ARC). B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. 3. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 4. NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 5. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Extemally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. 6. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. 7. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 1 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Provide raceway to complete wiring system. B. Underground More than 5 feet outside Foundation Wall: Provide rigid steel conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduit and thin-wall nonmetallic conduit. Provide cast metal boxes or nonmetallic handhole. C. Underground Within 5 feet from Foundation Wall: Provide rigid steel conduit thickwall nonmetallic conduit and thin-wall nonmetallic conduit. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic boxes. D. In or Under Slab on Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduh, and thin-wall nonmetallic conduit. Provide cast or nonmetallic metal boxes. E. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit, and electrical metallic tubing. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, pull, and junction boxes. F. In Slab Above Grade: Provide rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit, elecfrical metallic tubing and thickwall nonmetallic conduit. Provide nonmetallic boxes. G. Wet and Damp Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit, and thickwall nonmetallic conduit and nonmetallic tubing. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, junction, and pull boxes. Provide fiush mounting outiet box in finished areas. H. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing and thickwall nonmetallic conduit and nonmetallic tubing. Provide sheet- metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. I. Exposed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing and thickwall nonmetallic conduit. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 inch unless otherwise specified. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit for the following: 1. Flexible metal conduit. 2. Liquidtight fiexible metal conduit. 3. Nonmetallic conduit. CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 4. Flexible nonmetallic conduit. 5. Nonmetallic tubing. 6. Raceway fittings. 7. Conduh bodies. 8. Pull and junction boxes. 9. Handholes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instmctions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. B. Project Record Documents: 1. Record actual routing of conduits larger than 2 inch. 2. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. C. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 26 05 03. C. Coordinate mounting heights, orientation and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Rigid Steel Conduh: ANSI C80.1. CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 C. Rigid Aluminum Conduh: ANSI C80.5. D. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel. E. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. 2.2 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduh. 2. HubbeU Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with extemal PVC coating, 40 mil thick. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with extemal PVC coating to match conduit. 2.3 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Interlocked steel constmction. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.4 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Product Description: Interlocked steel constmction with PVC jacket. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.5 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 B. Product Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel or malleable iron, compression type. 2.6 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: B. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. C. Product Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. D. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. 2.7 NONMETALLIC TUBING A. Manufacturers: B. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Elecfrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. C. Product Description: NEMA TC 2. D. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. 2.8 OUTLET BOXES A. Manufacturers: B. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electtical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. C. Sheet Metal Outiet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; fumish 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. D. Nonmetallic Outiet Boxes: NEMA OS 2. E. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum. Fumish gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Fumish threaded hubs. CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 F. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 26 27 26. G. Wall Plates for Unfinished Areas: Fumish gasketed cover. 2.9 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp. 4. Hoffman. 5. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. C. Hinged Enclosures: As specified in Section 26 27 16. D. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4X; flat-flanged, surface mounted junction box: 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Fumish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. E. In-Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, outside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting: 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Smooth cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. 3. Cover Legend: "ELECTRIC". F. Concrete composite Handholes: concrete composite hand holes: 1. Cable Entrance: Pre-cut 6 inch x 6 inch cable entrance at center bottom of each side. 2. Cover: Concrete composite, weatherproof cover with nonskid finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough-in. 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned raceway, including abandoned raceway above accessible ceiling finishes]. Cut raceway flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. B. Remove concealed abandoned raceway to its source. C. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets when raceway is abandoned and removed. Install blank cover for abandoned outlets not removed. CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgino Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 D. Maintain access to existing boxes and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. E. Extend existing raceway and box installations using materials and methods [compatible with existing electrical installations, or] as specified. F. Clean and repair existing raceway and boxes to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.3 EMSTALLATION A. Install Work in accordance with State and Municipality of National City standards. B. Fasten raceway and box supports to stmcture and finishes in accordance with Section 26 05 29. C. Identify raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 53. D. Arrange raceway and boxes to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. 3.4 INSTALLATION - RACEWAY A. Raceway routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route to complete wiring system. B. Arrange raceway supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. C. Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. D. Group related raceway; support using conduit rack. Constmct rack using steel channel specified in Section 26 05 29 [; provide space on each for 25 percent additional raceways]. E. Do not support raceway with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports F. Do not attach raceway to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. G. Constmct wireway supports from steel channel specified in Section 26 05 29. H. Route exposed raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls. I. Route raceway installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. J. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. K. Maximum Size Conduit in Slab Above Grade: 3/4 inch. Do not cross conduits in slab [larger than 1/2 inch]. L. Maintain clearance between raceway and piping for maintenance purposes. CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 M. Maintain 12 inch clearance between raceway and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F. N. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burt cut ends. O. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. P. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply frill even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for minimum 20 minutes. Q. Install conduit hubs [or sealing locknuts] to fasten conduit [to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations] [and] [to cast boxes]. R. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Install conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Install [hydraulic one-shot bender to fabricate] [factory elbows for] bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. S. Avoid moisture traps; install junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. T. Install fittings to accommodate expansion and defiection where raceway crosses seismic, control and expansion joints. U. Install suitable pull string or cord in each empty raceway except sleeves and nipples. V. Install suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. W. Surface Raceway: Install flat-head screws, clips, and straps to fasten raceway channel to surfaces; mount plumb and level. Install insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and comer fittings. X. Close ends and unused openings in wireway. 3.5 INSTALLATION - BOXES A. Install wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights as indicated on Drawings. B. Adjust box location up to 10 feet prior to rough-in to accommodate intended purpose. C. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 26 27 26. D. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. E. In Accessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. F. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit comer only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening. CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 G. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; install with minimum 6 inches separation. Install with minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. H. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. I. Install stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. J. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. K. Install adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. L. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. M. Support boxes independently of conduit. N. Install gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. O. Install gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. 3.6 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods in accordance with Section 26 05 29. B. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. C. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as indicated on Drawings. D. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. C. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes. 3.8 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning. B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. C. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. END OF SECTION 280533 CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 9 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank CONDUITS AND BACKBOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280533 - 10 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 280553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates. 2. Labels. 3. Wire markers. 4. Conduit markers. 5. Stencils. 6. Underground Waming Tape. 7. Lockout Devices. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting specified by this section. 2. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems. 3. Section 27 05 53 - Identification for Communications Systems. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's catalog literature for each product required. 2. Submit elecfrical identification schedule including list of wording, symbols, letter size, color coding, tag number, location, and function. C. Samples: 1. Submit two tags, actual size. 2. Submit two labels, actual size. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instmctions: Indicate installation instmctions, special procedures, and installation. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged devices; include tag numbers. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with State and Municipality of National City. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280553 - 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years' experience. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept identification products on site in original containers. Inspect for damage. C. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. D. Protect insulation from weather and constmction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site. B. Install [labels] [nameplates] only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions for adhesive are within range recommended by manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. JDS Industries. 2. Ideal Industries. 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Letter Size: 1. 1/8 inch high letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. 1/4 inch high letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. C. Minimum nameplate thickness: 1/8 inch. 2.2 LABELS A. Manufacturers: 1. 3M 2. Ideal Industries 3. JDS Indusfries IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280553 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.3 WIRE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. 3M 2. Ideal Industries 3. JDS Industries 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Description: Cloth tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire markers. C. Legend: 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number as indicated on Drawings. 2. Control Circuits: Control wire number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams. 2.4 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. 3M 2. Ideal Industries 3. JDS Indusfries _ 4. Substittitions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Description: Nameplate fastened with straps C. Color: 1. Fire Alarm System: Red lettering on white background. D. Legend: 1. Fire Alarm System: FIRE ALARM. 2.5 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Manufacturers: 1. 3M 2. Ideal Industries 3. JDS Industries 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements B. Description: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type, colored yellow with suitable waming legend describing buried electtical lines. 2.6 LOCKOUT DEVICES A. Lockout Hasps: 1. Manufacturers: a. Siemens IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280553 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Plonning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 b. Square D c. Eaton Cutler Hammer d. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2. Anodized aluminum hasp with erasable label surface; size minimum 7-1/4 x 3 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00 for stencil painting. 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Install identification on existing equipment to remain in accordance with this section. B. Install identification on unmarked existing equipment. C. Replace lost nameplates, labels and markers. D. Re-stencil existing equipment. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices after completion of painting. B. Nameplate Installation: 1. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 3. Install nameplates for each control panel and major control components located outside panel with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 4. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws, rivets, or adhesive. 5. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on recessed panels in finished locations. 6. Install nameplates for the following: a. Panels. C. Label Installation: 1. Install label parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install label for identification of individual control device stations, and Install labels for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. D. Wire Marker Installation: 1. Install wire marker for each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and] each load connection. 2. Mark data cabling at each end. Install additional marking at accessible locations along the cable mn. 3. Install labels at data outlets identifying patch panel and port designation [as indicated on Drawings]. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280553 - 4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 E. Conduit Marker Installation: 1. Install conduit marker for each conduit longer than 6 feet. 2. Conduit Marker Spacing: 20 feet on center. 3. Raceway Painting: Identify conduit using field painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00. a. Paint colored band on each conduit longer than 6 feet. b. Paint bands 20 feet on center. c. Color: 1) Fire Alarm System: Red F. Underground Waming Tape Installation: 1. Install underground waming tape along length of each underground conduit, raceway, or cable 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried conduit, raceway, or cable. END OF SECTION 280553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280553 - 5 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280553 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Librory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 SECTION 283111 - DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Smoke Detectors 2. Heat detectors 3. Horn/Strobes B. Related Sections: 1. Section 28 05 53 - Identification For Electronic Safety and Security 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: A. System is a microprocessor based supervised, closed circuit fire alarm system.The system is of modular design utilizing addressable technology for remote devices. Existing FACP is Simplex Model 4020. B. Alarm initiating detectors are intelligent, addressable units with control panel adjustable sensitivity. All units of equipment shall be labeled by Underwriters' Laboratories for fire alarm signaling use and must have a CSFM listing. 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK: A. The scope of work includes only the furnishing and installation of alarm initiating and indicating devices, miscellaneous control relays, auxiliary devices power supply, wiring and conduits in the new renovated areas as indicated on drawings. This portion of the work shall be deferred approval, the drawings provided shall only be used as a guide. Contractor shall be responsible to provide complete fire alarm system drawings indicating all devices as required by code and local fire marshal whether shown on plans or not, and including voltage drop and battery calculations as necessary. Contractor shall then secure approval from local City Fire Marshal before starting any fire alarm installation. Contractor shall provide duly signed hard copies and CAD files ofthe system drawings to the Owner, Architect and Engineer. DIGITAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 - 1 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 1.4 SYSTEM OPERATION: A. Operation of any addressable manual or automatic alarm fire initiating device shall initiate the following: 1. On the fioor of the alarm, and the floor below it, sound an alarm via the audible fire alarm horns and illuminate fire visual notification appliance or strobes in a synchronized mode until alarms have been silenced at the fire alarm system fire command center or at a remote operator's control panel by means of the "alarm silence" switch or the device returned to normal and a "reset" switch is manually actuated. Alternatively, the audible sound can be switched to a Code-3, temporal pattern, evacuation signal. 2. Display alarm condition on integral alphanumeric LCD displays in the existing control panel(s), and remote annunciator(s), indicating the alarming device and it's location. Each manual and automatic alarm initiating device shall be individually addressed. 3. Initiate smoke alarm signals from the duct detectors to the temperature controls system to provide sequenced smoke evacuation procedures. Verify that the temperature controls system provides the necessary mechanical equipment operations. 4. Shut-down air handling unit fans serving that respective fire zone whenever the alarm occurs. Each air handling unit shall have a separate zone with separate signal for this use. The unh zone shall include all smoke detectors and all high limit stats associated with that unit. Provide control panel mounted H-O-A override switch(es) to permit continuous operation of fan(s) during test of the fire alarm system. 5. Release smoke dampers when the associated duct mounted smoke detector alarms. Interrupt the 120 volt operating power to the damper operator via an auxiliary contact in the smoke detector or an auxiliary relay. 6. Initiate a signal from smoke detectors in the respective elevator lobbies, in the elevator shafts and in the elevator machine room to the elevator controllers for activation of the elevator emergency service mode. These smoke detectors shall conform to NFPA 22, ANSI A17.1. 7. Transmit a signal via the fire alarm UDACT system to a central station operation for fire alarm trouble and alarm conditions. DIGITAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 - 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's catalog literature for each product required. 2. Submit CSFM listing of each product required 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00- Execution and Closeout requirements: Requirement for submittals B. Project Record documents: Record actual locations of devices. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with State and Municipality Rules and Ordinances. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section ^3 with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years' experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Equipment shall be compatible to the existing system. Equipment supplier shall have a service organization within 50 miles of the project site. All material and/or equipment necessary for proper operation of the system not specified or described herein shall be deemed part of these specifications. 2.2 DEVICE MANUFACTURERS A. Device Manufacturers shall be one of the following: 1. Simplex DIGITAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 - 3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Library City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research -I- Planning, Inc. Bid Set-April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 2. Honeywell/Notifier 3. System Sensor 4. Or approved equal 2.3 CONTROL UNIT A. The existing Fire Alarm Control Panel is as manufactured by Simplex. The additional devices to be installed shall all function as an extension of this existing system. Only Simplex fire alarm trained and certified contractors shall be allowed to perform hardware and software adjustments or modifications to the existing panel for a complete and fully functional system with the addition of new devices. B. Power supplies shall be supplied with 100 percent capacity including provisions for 10% additional strobe lights and 20% additional audible devices. All visual alarm signals (strobe lights) shall be synchronized at the fire alarm panel. Audible signals shall be capable of being canceled independently of the visual alarm signals. C. Power Supply Cabinet shall be modular construction, shall be surface mounted and shall accommodate all the modules, relays, terminal connections, and batteries necessary for system operation. Provide an outer door and frame assembly equipped whh a lock and transparent door panel; manufacturer's standard enameled finish. D. The control panel shall communicate individually with addressable initiating and control devices. Each device shall be individually annunciated at control panel. 1. Annunciation shall include the following: a. Alarm b. Trouble c. Open d. Short e. Device missing/failed f. Supervisory 2. All addressable devices shall be capable of being disabled or enabled individually. 3. Smoke detectors shall utilize "Alarm Verification" operation. DIGITAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 -4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Librory Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 4. Smoke sensor sensitivity shall be field-adjustable from the control panel for the analog style detectors. Control panel shall have self-test function such that each sensor is automatically tested once every 24 hours. Sensor shall notify control panel when maintenance is required. System shall automatically compensate for variations in environmental conditions. 2.4 REMOTE SYSTEM COMPONENTS: A. Location of all audible and visual signaling devices shall comply with NFPA 72 and with the city and state standards. B. Manual stations shall be addressable communicating devices, shall have a red finish and shall be non-coded, single action, semi-fiush mounted with keyed reset switch. C. Fire signal lights shall be labeled in accordance with UL 1971 Standards and shall be 15 candela in corridors and 30 candela in all other areas unless specifically designated as 75 candela or 110 candela on the drawings. Semi-fiush mount signal lights on walls where shown on the drawings. Lens shall be installed in a vertical alignment on a red back plate labeled "FIRE" and shall produce 1 flash per second. Exterior units shall be gasketed and labeled for exterior use. D. Combo horns with fire signal lights (strobe lights) shall provide both audible and visual indication of all alarms and shall illuminate in a synchronized flashing mode whenever system is in alarm state. Fire signal lights shall be labeled in accordance with UL 1971 Standards and shall be 15 candela in corridors and 30 candela in all other areas unless specifically designated as 75 candela or 110 candela on the drawings. Semi-fiush mount signals on walls. Lens shall be installed in a vertical alignment and shall produce 1 flash per second. Speakers shall be supplied with a red grille / cover and labeled "FIRE" and shall have field selectable output levels and adjusted up or down as required for proper sound coverage during the final checkout. E. Surface mounted fire alarm devices mounted on walls - such as manual stations, bells, horns, chimes, fire signal lights, etc. shall utilize finished backboxes. These backboxes shall be red metal and shall be field punched for conduh entrance and shall not employ stamped K-0 construction. F. Monitor Zone adaptor module (monitor relays) shall be an addressable module used for monitoring N.O. contact devices such as water flow, tamper switches, elevator smoke detectors, the kitchen hood fire extinguishing system, etc. DIGITAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbad Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 G. Signal Zone adaptor module (signal relays) shall be an addressable module used for operating speakers and visual circuits. H. Control Zone adaptor module (control relays) shall be an addressable module used for control of door holder circuits, air handling unit shutdown, etc. I. Photo-electric type, addressable, ceiling mounted smoke detectors, shall utilize all solid state components operating on the light scatter principle and shall have adjustable sensitivity set at the transponder to detect smoke at .5% to 3.7% light obscuration per foot. The sensors shall communicate actual smoke chamber sensitivity to the system control where it is constantly monitored. Each addressable detector is individual adjustable through the control panel and environmentally adjusted. The system will indicate when individual sensors need cleaning. Detector head shall have a white finish, shall contain an integrally mounted LED pilot lamp that indicates detector status. Duct mounted smoke detectors, shall utilize all solid state components operating on the light scatter principle and shall have adjustable sensitivity set at the transponder to detect smoke at .5% to 3.7% light obscuration per foot. The sensors shall communicate actual smoke chamber sensitivity to the system control where it is constantly monitored. Each addressable detector is individual adjustable through the control panel and environmentally adjusted. The system will indicate when individual sensors need cleaning. The detector shall contain an integrally mounted LED pilot lamp that indicates detector status. A remote mounted test/reset switch whh "status" pilot lamp shall be fiush mounted at 54" mounting height in a convenient location within sight of air handling unh. J. Ceiling mounted heat detectors shall be addressable, combination rate-of-rise and fixed- temperature type set to alarm at 135 degrees F. or on a temperature rise of 15 degrees F. per minute. Detector shall be white and low profile style. K. Waterflow switches shall indicate the continuous flow of water in sprinkler pipes. Switches shall be furnished and installed by the fire protection system installer. Wiring and connection shall be by this Electrical Contractor. Unit shall be equipped with retard mechanism, adjustable up to two minutes, to minimize false alarms due to pressure changes. Each waterflow switch shall be connected to the fire alarm system through a dedicated address. 2.5 SHOP DRAWING A. The fire alarm supplier shall submit for approval with shop drawings, schematic and point to point wiring diagrams showing all manual and automatic devices, control panels, sounding devices, conduit sizes, number and size of wires, etc. Shop drawings shall include DIGITAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 - 6 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 201 5 calculations for sizing of signal power supplies, voltage drop calculations for audible and visual signal circuits (including provisions for future devices), and standby batteries. Voltage drop calculations shall be based on the requirement of NFPA 72 Section 18.2.3 and include a 20% safety factor and each audible device drawing 120% of operating current to allow for future devices. The decibel loss of the last audible device shall not exceed 10% of the rated output of the device. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE REJECTED UNLESS THE SUBMITTAL INCLUDES ALL THIS REQUIRED INFORMATION. B. At completion of the project, the wiring diagrams shall be revised "as-built" and included as part of the maintenance manuals. The fire alarm supplier shall also furnish a hard copy printout of each detector's address, operating routines, etc. as part of the as-built drawings. Additionally, the supplier shall include an electronic copy (floppy disks or data cassettes) ofthe system's operating program with the as-builts forthe Owner's records. C. The Contractor or his fire alarm supplier/installer shall submit shop drawings, after the Engineer's approval, to the State Fire Marshal's Office for their review and approval; where buildings are not under the jurisdiction ofthe State Fire Marshal, the shop drawings shall be submitted to the local fire official for review and approval. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Follow manufacturer's instructions regarding mounting, wiring and testing system. The fire alarm system and installation shall be in compliance with City, State, NFPA, Codes. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Wiring, #14 AWG minimum, shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's wiring diagrams, recommendations and in compliance with practices set forth by local, state and national fire codes. Color code and tag all wires at all junction points. #18 AWG conductors may be utilized when installed as a multi-conductor cable with an overall protective jacket when approved by manufacturer. All fire alarm system wiring shall comply whh NEC Article 760. B. Duct mounted smoke detectors shall be located to permit easy access for maintenance and testing; install access panels where required. C. All wiring shall be installed in conduits. Provide necessary raceway for vertical drops to devices and in areas that have exposed structure. DIGITAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 - 7 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 D. The following wiring and conduh shall be included in the fire alarm system work in addition to that indicated above: 1. From fire alarm panel or control ZAM to the air handling unit for shutdown. 2. Wiring to supervisory monitor and control points. 3.3 TESTING A. Upon completion and before acceptance, system performance shall be demonstrated in the presence of the Owner that all specified functions are accomplished and that response is accomplished from all initiating and indicating devices. Provide step-by-step user instructions with graphics identifying operator controls for normal user operations such as silencing of alarms, resetting of system, locking and unlocking controlled doors, etc. Each normal operation shall be on a separate page and all pages shall be laminated for durability and assembled in a three ring "operators manual". This manual is in addition to shop drawings and maintenance manuals. B. System shall be tested by and a certificate of inspection shall be furnished by a qualified manufacturer's representative or equipment vendor; submit report indicating results to the Engineer. This testing shall be done whh the building HVAC systems in operation and the manufacturer's representative shall field check the db readings in accordance with levels established by NFPA. During this checkout period, adjust audible device output levels as needed. END OF SECTION 283111 DIGITAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 283111 - 8 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Contract 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 SECTION 321319 - SITE CONCRETE WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Site concrete pavements. B. Concrete curbs for wheelchair control. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work fliUy with all other trades involved. Ensure embedded and built-in items are in place in ample time so that progress of the work is not delayed. B. Be responsible for the proper installation of all accessories embedded in the concrete and for the provision of holes, openings, etc., necessary to the execution of the work. 1. Not Allowed: Additional charges for cutting or patching necessary to make the work comply with requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: In addition to the following, comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C94/C94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of cement of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Stmctural Concrete," including the following sections, unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. "General Requirements." 2. "Formwork and Formwork Accessories." 3. "Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports." SITE CONCRETE WORK 321319-1 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 4. "Concrete Mixtures." 5. "Handling, Placing, and Constmcting." D. Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Constmction and Materials." 1.6 MOCKUPS A. Flatwork Mockup: Fumish one 4' x 4' x 4" sample of each concrete finish at job site for approval from the Owner's authorized representative. Approved samples establish the standards for finishes in concrete work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement, Aggregates, Water and Reinforcing: Conform to the requirements of Section 52, "Reinforcement" and Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete" of the Standard Specifications. B. Sidewalks and Extmded Curbs: 3000 lb concrete, special no slump design mix. 2.2 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIALS A. Premolded Joint Filler: To be a non-extmding and resilient filler (bitumenous type) meeting the requirements of ASTM D1751. B. Joint Sealant: Sonnebom-Contech, Building Products Division, Contech, Inc., Sonolastic Two- Part Sealant, or approved equal. 1. Bond Breaker Tape: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2. Color: To match adjacent concrete paving. 2.3 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterbome, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq yd (305 g/sq m) when dry. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterbome, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B. SITE CONCRETE WORK 321319-2 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Library Group 4 Architecture Reseorch + Planning, Inc. City of Carlsbod Contract 40201 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 Bid Set - April 10, 2015 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify gradients and elevations of substrate are cortect. B. Verify that substrate is level, smooth, and capable of supporting sidewalks and curbs. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Accurately secure anchor plates, inserts and other items embedded in concrete so that they will not be displaced during placement of concrete. 3.3 CURBS A. Provide frill depth extmded curb sections. Space cold joints at 15 feet oc. B. Install curbs where shown on Drawings. Curbs shall extend from 6 inches above adjacent concrete paving to 2 inches below the bottom of base rock. C. Provide weep holes at 4 feet oc. 3.4 CONCRETE MIXES, FORMWORK AND PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Conform to the requirements of Section 51, "Concrete Stmctures," and Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete" of the Standard Specifications, except as modified herein. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi. 3.5 FORMING JOINTS A. General: Constmct joints tme to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Constmction Joints: Locate and install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. C. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Constmct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with groover tool to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. SITE CONCRETE WORK 321319-3 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Carlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary City of Corlsbod Project No. 40201 Group 4 Architecture Research + Pianning, Inc. Bid Set - April 10, 2015 Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 D. Score Joints: 1. Form score joints in the fresh concrete using a jointer to cut the groove so that a smooth uniform impression is obtained. Strike joints before and after brooming. See Drawings for size and location. E. Expansion Joints: 1. Form expansion joints at the locations and intervals as shown on the Drawings, and at all locations where concrete paving abuts buildings, curbs, or other stmctures. 2. Place approved joint material with top edge 1/4-inch below the paved surface, and securely hold in place to prevent movement. 3. Form joint and other edges in the fresh concrete using and edging tool to provide a smooth uniform impression. 4. Strike all edges before and after brooming. 5. After the curing period, carefiilly clean and fill expansion joints with approved joint sealant to just below adjacent paved surface in such a manner as to avoid spilling on paved surfaces or overfiowing from joint. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 301 for measuring, batching, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. C. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. D. Place concrete work tme to line and grade as indicated on the Drawings. E. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. 3.7 TOLERANCES A. Surface Tolerance: Finished paving surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4-inches measured with a 10-foot metal straightedge, except at grade changes. No birdbaths or other surface irregularities will be permitted. Correct irregularities to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.8 FINISHING SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI 302. IR for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off Begin initial fioating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on surface. 1. Do not fiirther disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. SITE CONCRETE WORK 321319-4 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbad Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 City of Carlsbod Controct 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 3.9 BROOMED FINISHES 3.10 Nonslip Broom Finish: Obtained by drawing a stiff bristled broom across a fioated finish at all exterior locations. 1. Direction of Brooming: Perpendicular to main traffic route unless otherwise shown on Drawings. CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with ACI 301 for hot- weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instmctions after placing, screeding, and bull fioating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisttire-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instmctions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submh test reports during concrete placement according to requirements specified in this Article. B. Tests: Perform according to ACI 301. 1. Testing Frequency: One composite sample shall be obtained for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu yd (4 c. m) but less than 25 cu yd (19 cu m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu yd (38 cu m) or fraction thereof SITE CONCRETE WORK 321319-5 City of Carlsbod Project No. 40201 Bid Set-April 10, 2015 CITY OF CARLSBAD - Corlsbod Georgina Cole Ubrary Group 4 Architecture Research + Planning, Inc. Group 4 Project No. 14449-01 3.12 PATCHfiSfG A. Remove projecting fins, bolts, wire, nails, etc., not necessary for the work or cut back 1-inch from the surface and patch in an inconspicuous manner. B. Cut off metal form ties extending from the face of permanently exposed concrete at least 1 -inch deep in the concrete immediately after removal of forms. Fill holes with a 1:3 cement and sand mortar the same color as the adjoining concrete. Mix and place the mortar as dry as possible and finish fiush with the adjacent surface. C. Correct defects in concrete work. Chip voids to a depth of at least 1-inch with the edges perpendicular to the surface and parallel to form markings. D. Fill voids, surface irregularities, or honeycombing by patching or mbbing as directed by the Owner's authorized representative. Make repairs without additional cost to the Owner. Concrete surfaces so repaired shall duplicate the appearance of the unpatched work. E. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section. 3.13 CLEANING A. Constmction Waste Management: Manage constmction waste in accordance with provisions of Section 01524 Constmction Waste Management. END OF SECTION 321319 SITE CONCRETE WORK 321319-6 This Page Intentionally Left Blank Appendix A Hazardous Building Materials Survey This Page Intentionally Left Blank LIMITED HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS SURVEY COLE LIBRARY 1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA PREPARED FOR: City of Carlsbad 1635 FaradayAvenue Carlsbad, Califomia 92008 PREPARED BY: Ninyo & Moore Geotechnical and Environmental Sciences Consultants 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, Califomia 92123 October 31, 2014 ProjectNo. 107818001 5710 Ruffin Road • Sdn Diego Lilnrrna <?J':i • P^jre (B58| 576-1000 • Fax (858) 576-9600 SanDieijo • Iror-e • Lo, wiytiei • R^'^ N'v^ux^t'u, • _J\,J"J • San FrariaiCu • SdnJo>^e • Sacramento las Vegas • Phoer* • Tur un • — • Denver « Houston October 31, 2014 ProjectNo. 107818001 Mr. Patrick McGarry City of Carlsbad 1635 FaradayAvenue Carlsbad, Califomia 92008 Subject: Limited Hazardous Building Materials Survey Cole Library 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, Califomia Dear Mr. McGarry: In accordance with PO Number P129074 dated October 7, 2014, Ninyo & Moore has performed a limited hazardous building materials survey of the Cole Library (subject building) in Carlsbad, Califomia. The attached report presents our methodology, findings, conclusions and recommen- dations regarding the hazardous building materials within the subject building. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this important project. Sincerely, NINYO & MOORE Nicolas J. Carpenter Project Envirormiental Scientist NJC/SJW/gg Distribution: (3) Addressee Stephen J. Waide, CIH, CSP Principal Envirormiental Scientist 5710 Ruffin Road « San Diego, California 92123 • Phore (858) 576-! 000 • Fax (858) 576-9600 ia.iDieyc • imsv • LosAngeies • Rantho Cutdmc-gd • O-jK^dnu • "^jn cranasco • San Jose • Sacramento Lti Vegas • Phoenw • Tucson • Pre„-cn V'Jiey • CJen.er • Houston 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carlsbad, Califomia ProjectNo. 107818001 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1. INTRODUCTION I 2. OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE OF SERVICES 1 3. SITE DESCRIPTION 2 4. PHYSICAL LIMITATIONS 2 5. SAMPLE COLLECTION AND ANALYSES 3 5.1. Asbestos Survey 3 5.2. Lead-Containing Surfaces Survey 4 5.3. Other Potential Hazardous Building Materials 5 6. FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 5 6.1. Asbestos 5 6.2. Lead-Containing Surfaces 6 6.3. Other Potential Hazardous Building Materials 7 7. LIMITATIONS 7 Figures Figure 1 - Site Location Figure 2 - Site Plan Figure 3 - Sample Locations - Cole Library, 1^' Floor Figure 4 - Sample Locations - Cole Library, 2"'' Floor Tables Table 1 - Asbestos Survey Results Table 2 - Summary of Asbestos-Containing Materials Table 3 - XRF Data Sheet Table 4 - Summary of Lead-Containing Surfaces Appendices Appendix A - Suspect Asbestos-Containing Materials Sampling Protocol Appendix B - Laboratory Analytical Report and Chain-of-Custody Records Appendix C - XRF Testing Methodology Appendix D - CDPH Form 8552 - Lead Hazard Evaluation Report I078I800I R.doc J -S^fS „t, /^Qiltl 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carlsbad, Califomia ProjectNo. 107818001 1. INTRODUCTION Ninyo & Moore was retained by the City of Carlsbad in order to conduct a limited hazardous building materials survey of suspect materials at the Cole Library (herein referred to as the sub- ject building). The library is located at 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive, in the city of Carlsbad and county of San Diego, Califomia (Figure 1). Our survey included an asbestos-containing materials (ACMs) survey, a lead-containing surfaces (LCSs) survey of materials and/or surfaces, and visual identification and quantification of building materials potentially falling under the CaUfomia Depart- ment of Toxic Substances Confrol (DTSC) Universal Waste Rule (UWR) and other potential hazardous building materials. The survey was performed in accordance with established guidelines for the assessment of ACM and LCS, and is based upon conditions of the subject building at the time of the surveying activi- ties. Samples of suspect ACMs and LCSs were collected under the direction of City of Carlsbad employees who were on-site at the subject building at the time of the survey. 2. OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE OF SERVICES The purpose of this study is to provide information regarding the current site conditions to assist the City of Carlsbad in identifying hazardous building materials in the subject building that is scheduled for renovation. Our scope of work included the following. • Surveyed and inspected areas in the subject building that will be impacted by renovation ac- tivities in order to identify homogeneous areas, suspect materials, and suspect surfaces. • Conducted on-site x-ray fluorescence (XRF) testing, in order to test surfaces suspected to contain lead in the areas to be renovated. A Califomia Department of Public Health certified Lead-Related Constmction Inspector/Assessor conducted the testing. • Collected bulk samples of building materials that were suspected to be asbestos containing in the areas to be renovated. A California Division of Occupational Safety and Health (DOSH) Certified Asbestos Consultant (CAC) collected 50 bulk samples of suspect roofing materials. • Sample analysis of suspect ACM samples were analyzed utilizing the Environmental Protec- tion Agency (EPA) recommended method of polarized light microscopy (PLM) in accordance with EPA Method 600/R-93/116 July 93. 107818001 R.doc 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carlsbad, Califomia ProjectNo. 107818001 • Collected 128 x-ray fluorescence (XRF) readings of other potential LCS. • Visually assessed buildhig materials potentially falling under the UWR, mcluding, but not lunited to non-incandescent light bulbs, mercury-contauung thermostat triggers, batteries, and elecfronic devices. Other potentially hazardous building materials, hiciuding, but not lunited to, potential polychlorinated biphenyl-contammg light ballasts, potential tritium-contamuig exit signs, and po- tential Freon^'^-contaming afr conditionmg imits and refrigerators, were noted, if observed. • Prepared sample location maps showing locations from which suspect ACM and LCS were collected. • Prepared this report presenting our data and summarizing our conclusions and recommenda- tions regarding ACM and LCS for the subject building. 3. SITE DESCRIPTION The project site encompassed portions of the first and second floors of the Cole Library located at 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive, in the city of Carlsbad and county of San Diego, Califomia (Fig- ure 2). The limited size and scope of this survey was restricted to materials in the subject building identified by the City of Carlsbad. The roofing systems consisted of built-up tar based materials with gravel and penetration mastic. The exterior surfaces of the subject buildings pri- marily consisted of stucco. Interior surfaces included vinyl floor tile, covebase mastic, carpet mastic, plaster walls, drywall/joint compound walls, and acoustic ceiling tiles/panels. 4. PHYSICAL LIMITATIONS Survey activities were limited to aboveground stmctures within the limitations of the sampling plan. Underground utilities, such as suspect cementious water lines or suspect insulated/coated gas or electrical lines were not assessed during survey activities. Other physical limitations, such as inaccessible rooms, were generally not encountered during survey activities. However, since non-destmctive sampling techniques were used, there is a pos- sibility that additional suspect materials and/or surfaces may be encountered in inaccessible areas (e.g., interstitial wall and ceiling spaces and canopy soffits) during building renovation. For in- stance, untested thermal system insulation may be present within wall and ceiling cavities and 107818001 R.doc 1250 Carisbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carisbad, CaUfomia ProjectNo. 107818001 behind plumbing and heating fixtures (e.g., sinks, boilers, and radiators). Suspect materials and/or surfaces encountered during building renovation that have not been assessed either may be assumed to be asbestos and/or lead-containing and handled accordingly, or may be sampled and analyzed to assess whether they are asbestos and/or lead-containing. 5. SAMPLE COLLECTION AND ANALYSES In October of 2014, the subject building was assessed for the presence of ACM and LCS, and eval- uated for the presence of other potential hazardous building materials. The ACM and LCS surveys followed EPA guidelines, or industry standards, within the limitations of the scope of this assessment. Survey activities are discussed below. 5.1. Asbestos Survey The asbestos survey was performed by a State of Califomia Certified Asbestos Consultant. Survey activities included a preliminary visual assessment of suspect ACMs that may be im- pacted by the proposed renovation project and buUc-sampling of these suspect ACMs. Representative samples of suspect ACMs were collected after identification of homogeneous materials (materials that are uniform in color, texture, constmction or application date, and general appearance). Fifty samples of suspect ACMs were collected, using EPA-recommended sampling procedures. The suspect ACM samples were delivered to EMSL Analytical, Inc. (EMSL) of San Diego, Califomia for analysis. EMSL is accredited in the National Voluntary Laboratory Accredita- tion Program for bulk asbestos fiber analysis. The samples were analyzed for the presence and quantification of asbestos fibers, using PLM with dispersion staining, in accordance with EPA Method600/R-93/ll6 July 93. Because of material layering, 77 separate PLM analyses were performed. The lower limit of reliable detection for asbestos using the PLM method is approximately 1% by weight. Currently, the EPA and the State of Califomia stipu- late that materials containing greater than 1% asbestos constitute an ACM, and the State of 107818001 R.doc 1250 Carisbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carisbad, Califomia Project No. 107818001 Califomia stipulates that a material containing greater than 0.1% asbestos constitutes an as- bestos-containing constmction material (ACCM). After the initial PLM analysis, select samples of the drywall/joint compound, covebase mas- tic, and seam sealant were "point-counted" in accordance with a subsection of EPA Method 600/R-93/116 July 93 to re-quantify the asbestos content. Point count results are indicated with a "PT" adjacent to the analytical results in Tables I and 2. Building materials that were sampled and analyzed for the presence of asbestos are pre- sented in the attached Table 1. Copies of the laboratory analytical report and chain-of- custody records are presented in Appendix B. 5.2. Lead-Containing Surfaces Survey For the purposes of this assessment, LCS refers to both lead-based paint, as defined by CDPH and HUD, and other potential lead-containing materials, including, but not limited to, ceramic tile and porcelain bathroom fixtures. The testing was conducted by a CDPH-certified Lead Inspector/Assessor using a portable NITON XL2 GOLD XRF spectmm analyzer in accordance with accepted environmental science and engineering practices for renovation projects. The testing methodology utilized is presented in Appendix C. A total of 128 XRF readings (including calibrations) were col- lected. Surfaces that were tested for the presence of lead are presented in the attached Table 3. The XRF testing orientation (A, B, C, and D wall orientations) utilized during the testing is depicted on Figures 3 and 4. Surfaces with a lead content greater than 1.0 mg/cm or 0.5%, by weight, are summarized in Table 4, including the locations ofthe LCS. Copies ofthe CDPH form 8552 "Lead Hazard Evaluation Report" for the subject building is included in Appendix D. 107818001 R.doc 1250 Carisbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carlsbad, Califomia ProjectNo. 107818001 5.3. Other Potential Hazardous Building Materials Ninyo & Moore performed a visual assessment of building materials potentially faUing under the UWR, including, but not limited to non-incandescent light bulbs, mercury-containing ther- mostat triggers, batteries, and elecfronic devices. Other potentially hazardous building materials, including, but not limited to, potential polychlorinated biphenyl-containing light baUasts, poten- tial tritium-containing exit signs, smoke detectors, and potential Freon™-containing afr condi- conditioning units and refrigerators, were noted, if observed. In accordance with the scope of work, positive identification of the suspect hazardous material, via analj^ical testing, was not performed. Other potentially hazardous buildhig materials are siunmarized in Table 5. 6. FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The findings of these surveys are based on our visual observations and analysis of suspect build- ing materials. Our findings are presented below. 6.1. Asbestos Based on the analytical results from this limited survey, ACMs and ACCMs are located at the subject buildings. Materials containing asbestos are summarized in Table 2. Materials, which were not sampled as part of this assessment, that are uniform in color, tex- ture, constmction or application date, and/or general appearance to materials found to be asbestos-containing, should be presumed to be asbestos-containing. The identified ACMs and ACCMs should not be disturbed. Prior to building renovation activities, a licensed as- bestos abatement contractor should remove the ACMs and ACCMs in accordance with federal, state and local regulations. It is the contractor's responsibility to confirm ACM and ACCM locations and quantities prior to bid submittals and initiating renovation activities for the subject building. Should additional suspect materials, not sampled or assessed in this report, be uncovered during building renovation: (a) samples of suspect materials should be collected for labora- tory analysis, and all activities that may impact the materials should cease until laboratory 107818001 R.doc 1250 Carisbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carlsbad, CaUfomia ProjectNo. 107818001 analytical results are reviewed; or (b) the materials should be assumed to be asbestos- containing and handled as such. Note that any work involving the disturbance of materials containing asbestos should be performed using appropriate work practices, and be conducted by, and under the supervision of, properly trained, experienced, and certified personnel. 6.2. Lead-Containing Surfaces Based on the results of the XRF assays collected during this survey, surfaces containing concentrations of lead greater than or equal to 1.0 mg/cm^ or 0.5%, by weight, were identi- fied at the subject buildings. Surfaces with a lead content exceeding the regulatory standard for lead in surface coatings are summarized in Table 4. The identified LCSs should be handled by an appropriately trained and licensed contractor in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Prior to building renovation activ- ities, a licensed contractor, using CDPH-certified personnel, should perform the LCS abatement in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. It is the contractor's re- sponsibility to confirm LCS quantities and locations prior to bid submittals and initiating renovation activities for the subject buildings. The Contractor is also responsi- ble for waste characterization for all materials removed from the subject buildings. Please note that disturbing surfaces containing lead concentrations below the LCS criteria, as defined by CDPH and HUD, (e.g., lead concentrations less than 1.0 mg/cm^ or 0.5%, by weight) may trigger the Califomia Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Cal-OSHA) lead in constmction standard (e.g.. Title 8, CCR Section 1532.1). In addition, please note that LCS condition was based upon Ninyo & Moore's visual observations during survey activities and, as some of the identified LCS are located on the exterior of the subject buildings, LCS conditions may deteriorate prior to renovation activities. Should suspect surfaces, not sampled or assessed in this report, be uncovered during build- ing renovation: (a) samples of suspect surfaces should be collected for laboratory analysis and/or XRF testing of the suspect surfaces, and all activities that impact the suspect surfaces should cease until laboratory analytical results are reviewed and/or XRF testing results be- 107818001 R.doc 1250 Carisbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carisbad, Califomia Project No. 107818001 come available; or (b) the surfaces should be assumed to contain concentrations of lead greater than or equal to 1.0 mg/cm^ or 0.5%, by weight, and handled as such. 6.3. Other Potential Hazardous Building Materials A visual assessment and quantification of aU UWR and other potential hazardous building mate- rials that could be impacted by renovation activities was performed. Other potential hazardous builduig materials observed throughout the subject buildhig and are summarized in Table 5. Prior to renovation activities that could potentially disturb these materials, building materials falling under the UWR and other potential hazardous building materials should be removed and properly recycled or disposed by a licensed contractor in accordance with federal, state and local regulations. It is the contractor's responsibility to confirm miscellaneous haz- ardous building materials quantities and locations present prior to bid submittals and initiating renovation activities for the subject building. The Contractor is also responsible for waste characterization for all materials removed from the subject building. 7. LIMITATIONS Ninyo & Moore's opinions and recommendations regarding environmental conditions, as pre- sented in this report, are based on limited sampling and chemical analysis. Further assessment of potential adverse environmental impacts may be accomplished by conducting a more compre- hensive assessment. The samples collected and used for testing, and the observations made, are believed to be representative of the areas evaluated. However, if additional suspect building ma- terials are encountered during renovation activities, these materials should be sampled by qualified persoimel, and analyzed for content prior to fiirther disturbance. In addition, please note that quantities of impacted building materials are approximate. It is the contractor's responsibil- ity to confirm quantities present. The environmental services described in this report have been conducted in general accordance with current regulatory guidelines and the standard of care exercised by envfronmental consultants performing similar work in the project area. No warranty, expressed or implied, is made regarding 107818001 R.doc 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carlsbad, Califomia Project No. 107818001 the professional opinions presented in this report. Variations in site conditions may exist and condi- tions not observed or described in this report may be encountered during subsequent activities. This document is intended to be used only in its entirety. No portion of the document, by itself, is designed to completely represent any aspect of the project described herein. Ninyo & Moore should be contacted if the reader requires any additional information, or has questions regarding content, interpretations presented, or completeness of this document. The environmental interpretations and opinions contained in this report are based on the results of laboratory tests and analyses intended to detect the presence and concentration of specific chemical or physical constituents in samples collected from the subject site. The testing and analyses have been conducted by an independent laboratory that is certified by the State of Cali- fomia to conduct such tests. Ninyo & Moore has no involvement in, or control over, such testing and analysis. Ninyo & Moore, therefore, disclaims responsibility for any inaccuracy in such la- 1^^, boratory results. Please note the laboratory analytical report states "Due to the magnification limitations inherent in PLM, asbestos fibers below the resolution capability of PLM may not be detected. Samples reported as <1% or none detected may require additional testing by transmis- sion electron microscopy to confirm asbestos quantities." Our findings, opinions, and recommendations are based on an analysis of the observed site con- ditions. It should be understood that the conditions of a site can change with time as a result of natural processes or the activities of man at the subject site or nearby sites. In addition, changes to the applicabie laws, regulations, codes, and standards of practice may occur due to govem- ment action or the broadening of knowledge. The findings of this report may, therefore, be invalidated over time, in part or in whole, by changes over which Ninyo & Moore has no control. c San Diego County MAP INDFX SOURCE'2008 THOMAS GUIDE FOR SAN DIEGO COUNTY. STREET GUIDE AND DIRECTORY, MAP © RAND MCNALLV. R L 07-S-I29 SCALE IN FEET 0 1,200 2,400 4.800 NOTE: DIRECTIONS, DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE SITE LOCATION FIGURE PROJECT NO. DATE COLE LIBRARY .4 107818001 10/14 CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 1 SOURCE. 2012 SAN DIEGO IMAGERY ACQUISITION PARTNERSHIP (FLIGHT DATES WAY 20 - JUNE 6, 2012) N A SCALE IN FEET 0 30 60 120 lOTE: DIRECTIONS, DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE PROJECT NO. 107818001 DATE 10/14 SITE PLAN COLE LIBRARY CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA FIGURE N A c B D A XRF ORIENTATION ASB 0Q8- ASB 024 ASB 035 ASB 016 ASB 006- ASB oi5"V,Tr""4»" ASB 005 LEGEND • ASB 049 ASBESTOS SAMPLE SCALE IN FEET 20 40 NOTE: DIMENSIONS. DIRECTIONS AND LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE PROJECT NO. 107818001 DATE 10/14 SOURCE: ROBERT E. MELVIN ARCHITECT, DATED B.^S'BS SAPMLE LOCATIONS - FIRST FLOOR COLE LIBRARY CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA FIGURE N A c B D A XRF ORIENTATION ASB 019 ASB 027 ASB 017 ASB 050 ASB 020 ASB 025 LEGEND • ASB 050 ASBESTOS SAMPLE A ASB 044 ASBESTOS ROOF SAMPLE NOTE- DIMENSIONS, DIRECTIONS AND LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEET 20 40 PROJECTNO. DATE 107818001 10/14 SOURCE: ROBERT E. MELVIN ARCHITECT DATED a;'23.'66 SAPMLE LOCATIONS - MEZZANINE COLE LIBRARY CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA FIGURE N A C B D A XRF ORIENTATION ASB 00^ ASB 024= ASB 035 ASB 016 ASB 006- ASB015 ASB 005 LEGEND • ASB 049 ASBESTOS SAMPLE SCALE IN FEET 20 40 NOTE- DIMENSIONS, DIRECTIONS AND LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE PROJECT NO. 107818001 DATE 10/14 SOURCE ROBERT E MELVIN ARCHITECT DATED 8'23,.'66 SAPMLE LOCATIONS - FIRST FLOOR COLE LIBRARY CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA FIGURE ^ o o o ^1 oo OJ o •4—1 o 00 o Z •4—1 o 0) l-H a. > •u Q S cs —I ^ CO rsj a> at 3 at 4-1 S cu <u -w C tile cu J* -w O 0 ? D 0 U ry.'io. rx ? D Q l> >-Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q a Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q o ry.'io. Z ~s: Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z U ~s: u — bes =\ 1—. r/l m V V in •< c o •0 TS 0 a 0 "5 0 Go, 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 < 1 1 1 c o Go, U •c > 3:; Z j z j j j 1 1 1 I [ j j j j j I 1 — —N O w k. u. Cl O w c/3 < CQ C/3 < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < 0 to z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z < = 1/1 to 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cfl ffl ffl ffl ffl C/J t/i C/3 t/:3 c/3 s < < < < < riptic .s -C u< (N Ul (N (N Ul -a u QJ u QJ riptic i tu >. Ul QJ QJ >-> u OJ u QJ OJ >, % >i <d ra u "O -a _cd >. _ra >i >> ra treac Id • ' 1 Des <u ssociate nil E 0 _CJ CJ _ra ra Cd CJ treac OJ .3 QJ ra QJ ^ra tic -Stic 0 Crt pie lyl floo soci ssociate floo OJ OH U asti asti r/l ra Crt ra Crt "all G1"I stic tair 0 0 Crt Crt ra ^0 c assoc c assoc Crt Cd a ma ma am lyl floo n "1' ra CJ a u p tm a a ma B ma ma s r/l 0 0 Crt Crt ra ^0 iny c assoc c assoc QJ Crt ase ase (J ' QJ QJ QJ QJ ^ QJ QJ '> > c • r-ra X) 9 " Tan v ck masti 9" Tan v low mas 9 " Tan v ck/yello' low carp low carp low carp low carp ite carpe low carp ite carpe ite carpe low carp y floorin ge sheet low mas ge sheet low mas: sheet vi low mas' ge coveb wn cove en covet wn cove lila QJ Bla Q> QJ "QJ "QJ Wh Wh Wh QJ Cd Ul '0 "QJ "OJ c ra QJ 'QJ 0 u QJ u £ bv lila bs >-b. Bla > > > Wh >-Wh Wh a ffl > ffl >• f- >• ffl ffl 0 ffl mple Location middle floor ddle floor Idle floor middle tloor 'floor t floor t floor t floor t tloor oor oor t floor t floor Idle floor idle floor Irt Ul floor floor t floor t floor t floor t floor t floor t floor die wall die wall Sa middle floor E •B i middle tloor easi leas wes wes wes "ra q=; "ra wes wes mit S ra t/1 Ul east east Crt QJ wes wes wes Crt QJ wes mid mid E •B Ul u. .£ -C OJ -C 3 >* S-i t: r. c ra ra C ra ra Wes Wes-1 So No No No So So No f^e Kir. INO INO "Mn Mn iNO Lo Soi Soi Soi Soi No 0 Z Soi SOI Wes Wes-ence OJ QJ OJ QJ QJ ;j c QJ ence No. DJ3 br •1 Receiving bU mm ence rds ntry en's ing en's ing en's ing en's inc en's ing c/1 g B Crt Ul Unio CJl ra u. 0 orag orae orag CJ) ra u 0 QJ ;j c QJ ence rds rds S '3 Receiving 3 0 u w 'ra t/3 on in on Cn fer fer 0 a 0 Roc Rec u <u Rec Receiving 0 -i Con Re Eas QJ 5 °^ 5 ^ QJ 5 ^ QJ 6 ^ OJ 6 •= 3j s ^ c55 c+i ra ra u. ra u ra U raft cC « Ul Con Con Re OJ Con U u U Con Con Floor •~~i Floor No. < < "ft r-QO < < 0 < fN < < < < < No. 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 1 in JJ 0 C; 0 so 0 0 0 0 0 0 Id 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q. E n c/3 1 Cfl .455-1 ffl SB SB SB ffl c/3 SB ASB-SB > ffl SB ffl SB as CD SB ffl SB ffl ffl c/3 ffl as ffl Q. E n c/3 t/3 .455-C/3 < < < < < < ASB-< t/3 < < t/3 < < < 1/3 < < C/) < < c/3 < < c/3 < < c/3 < 1—1 ,—1 o o o oo —-1 1—1 oo m o o d o 2: O -I-' OJ • O l-H tu > 'C Q QJ S ca ^ i o ^ ^ b rs] cc > 3 C/3 B B O u 4J •a B o U <u •c > O 9r = a. s5 < = OJ a OJ "a E « c/3 O Ji £ B t/! O Z E o o o Z a. E n CZ3 a. o o « et > o S o Cfl •a E O z ox B '•5 M CQ c/3 < QJ ra u O o ra "a QJ OJ 'oj ffl OJ St ffl U c o u ffl bJj^ Cf ra cs ~t3 o Z * a >, ra u o c 3 O a B o o T3 3 O o. £ o ILJ 'o ra C 3 O o. B o o ra T3 QJ i ra TD I o O (N r-l 2 O ra -a T3 ra QJ o c/3 cu C 3 O C/3 OJ (N o ffl t/3 QJ CJ != QJ Ul QJ Dd Ct Ct Ct Cfl QJ OD C '> "5 CJ ct QJ d o oo o ffl c/3 < < OO (N O ffl C/3 < O ffl < < OS rsi o ffl c/1 < ffl c/3 < o o ffl c/3 < o • ffl c/3 < I o I '>3 o ffl C/J < ^ o o o -> 00 1-1 o •1—< CJ O oo o •4—' 1— 0- _> 'Ci a DO vS ra 5 ra ;§ u ra in rsi CO at Q£ >i at > 3 C/3 OJ cd B O c •5 B O U 01 O M 01 Q 0> Q. E « t/3 B .2 U O J Ot "E. E « t/! O Z E o o OS O O Z JJ "a. E « C/! tl S3 •t3 O CS p t3 o cu QC QJ OJ QJ C d d Cd Cd Cd a n a ac Ofl B .a a 1^ — '5 '3 u CJ o O o • ' ;—^ t/1 t/) trt 3 3 3 O O o ra ra ra QJ QJ QJ CJJ CJi CJ3 'QJ 'S •QJ ffl ffl ffl fN X (N cs) Fs) B QJ Crt un ra O O u o ra ffl -D B OJ Crt Crt ra o o u CJ _ra ffl c flj a C4-. O o u o ra ffl Q Z z a. c+-o o o o i x: o Z o o X tu CD ffl C/3 < QJ o o u ffl ffl 5J -i---1 cs ^3 cu I 6 cri CU c^ £ tu l>3 'O e 3 o ;>s n. o a- Ol H= X! ? 2 "5 •a « = ^ -2 I i •a S .11 1.1 « — aj .— S "O -S B s n o I § ra o i> o X a — ^ — 1^ !T 2 OJ JJ W (rt II ^ - o D. TS QJ ra c o o- Z c/3 ,1 C/3 Z QH 2 o CX o o o ,—1 .1—1 o o o oo „ 1—1 I—( oo m )-. o cu o d -1—1 CJ 2 O -1—t tu • ir> O PH tD > Q lU DO ra ra S ca ex 3 *S *« C o U at O >> « E S 3 !Z! rs| IQ H 1-, ra O o IT) fN ra X3 « "Ui ra U B O U at S *C "•5 B O u OJ Io Z •s > o Q. w OJ Q B W O <5 o Z a E « c/3 V T3 O O a C/3 O o rs] O O c cd Os O o 00 c QJ T3 d ra rsf O ffl S C/3 V s < o I ffl c/3 < x; o Td o o a z C/3 O o O _0J o o a o o Ul 00 d QJ ct < o o I ffl c/3 < z _o Crt ra a QJ _0J e cd u CJ floo llow —1 QJ >. ^d :5 > CJ c ra Cd ffl o o qi: QJ CJJ^ d 3 o -J dj JJ = o >. r/l 4-. ..O C OS ra r- ^ "B Td o o a z < z ra X) QJ > o o c o u ffl 3 O x: 00 3 O ra u QJ QJ a u QJ a, u OJ o -J o rsj O ffl C/3 < d ra ffl c/) < T3 O O a < z T3 C 3 O n. a o o fl 'o ffl rs| -a Ul QJ O O XI J£ T3 T; i= c ^d i K Cu ra ffl c/1 < T3 ra <. r-l x: o H o O a z ffl ^ 00 c Ct: T3 C « Oj" oo d 3 o -J 00 .a E a; o I ffl c/3 ' o r^ Crt x; Td o o a IJH -J o c ra QJ Crt o ra s: Crt un _ra 00 T3 d ra a 3 d a _d ra a 'Ui < ffl S c/3 T < ffl in < o ffl c/3 c u OJ) u o o ra ra ^ OJ .u o c s s i-*s CJ C X ira Crt Z Cd E; O X §^ 2 TD -O [j ra ^ u < ra II a c 3 c e o c« S >i OJ QJ X > Irt i- ra .2 u .3 u ra a. fl " il •s « aJ !3 2 u « ii = •o o s -s 01 — •! i i - £ I •a S a a U O ~= 1 <u .a -QJ .p. -i •u C 4i 'o Xl D- O. O 5 P z TT -H 1—1 o o o oo — — oo cn v~~ i-o QJ Xi O 6 •l-l (J Z O CJ aj •rri O Ui 0- _> 'EH Q tu _ra > at at .3 t/3 Q X I fD OJ n H ra S ra o i2 ra CN DJ E o TT O o o 2; o o BJ) •O = s5 -a -J OJ DC o o Q O V Q O -J V Q o -1 V o s- = u B e 3 t/1 B O a E o U o c/3 E o o •a c^ DD a 3 Cfi DX) B ^ d « z ot XI CQ d .2 I rS "ra U 3 X C/3 T3 u ra •a c oc s o OH D- T3 O O ra ra ra o o Q o o Q 00 eo X a 3 Q ct ct UJ X 3 U X CJ 5 03 < CQ < < < < < ffl < < < o r-l so OH ra 0 hs CQ Tt —1 1— o o o oo T— —1 oo m v~~ SH o tD 1-—• o 6 <-* CJ Z O tj D o Ul DH -cf O o d o d o d OG •a .= O < B VI DD ±2 0* 3 Z Ot a: "3 U X 3 ffl oi: ffl X 3: X at o> c/3 s .2 *3 •3 B O U .a 3 c« ra Q ra Q CL, B Ot B O D. E o U 3 e ra o o Q 00 so c a a 3 o o Q o X >s 3 o o Q ra PJ E o oo c ra <u a: a 3 a a o U X 00^ 00 a & 3 c/3 to X U ct UJ UJ OJ o UH UJ UJ CL> > Q tu bo ra ra IJH "i o i2 rsi ra -I u c^ < < ffl < CQ < < CQ ffl ffl < CQ ffl < ffl OD B 3 Cfl OJC B ^ o « Z o rsj TT sC TT 0^ Tf -H f— o o o rsi CJO 1—1 — oo IH o (D X O 6 .*—1 Lt Z o -U1 CJ OJ • rrt O Ul Cl. o V ot ot j= c/3 m •tm' R o JJ « OJ ra ra > c2 ra ra U 0£ « T3 = E « si o d _o •3 s o U 3 C/3 B Ot c 3 a E o U 3 S C/3 s o o c^ OA B 3 CQ OJC B ^ J « Z 01 o o o o l/l o o Q O -J V O O _J V Q O V u. Tt l/t CQ CQ CQ ffl ffl X o o OH ra c o Q _ra OH ra ra D- ra ra o o Q OJ] B Ofl d a: c _3 O CJ: o C*-i O o o UJ ra cIo 00 _o o OJ d QJ a < DQ < < < < < < < < 03 < < < < ffl CQ u OS so 00 TT OS 0\ ffl Tl-,—1 .—1 o o o (N CJO —H I-H oo Ul o tu X o d J—' CJ Z o -1-' CJ 0) o Ul Cu, !/3 es te. Ol Xt « 'EH Q tu ra ra 5^ T3 ;JH o « D£ •53 .S « -a =" « -J OJ 02 5* B a. a < S o 3 Z 1#1 ^ O 13 S O X) 3 Cfl fl o a £ o U 3 O C/3 a o o ai 3 t^ DC S 3 Cfi 0J3 S •3 ot o z < < ffl CQ CQ < < < CL. ffl ffl CQ ffl U ffl < Q •3 •a a ts 3 •a *- ^ -O 4J o — c o S .£ Si S c ^ - 5 £3 n .2 u — "J — l/l a. o S a. ^ cn O H " O W 2 < D- Z a uq « 5 « 3 E r ^ o o o (N oo -T 00 tu o -U' CJ O o Z 4-1 CJ OJ 'o' Ul OH 01 3 C/1 ex 3 C O U •a CQ « s s s CZl Tt at > 'C Q tu ra ra o "v-i Csl l-l ra U E '-P O E 1- « G. 3 2- a B "o U B _© '•B B O u Xi s c/1 B OJ B e a. E o U ot u B O C/3 E o s o Z sc s t/3 fa •I CL s 3 fl o c < O c/1 O aj _^ n ra ra U •i X X u C "J .= 00 c/3 .SP U h D- Q 3 IT X tu ^ -o rr, E -5 s-2 2 -3 a « ! c/1 ^1 o u *• s •3 C 1:1 9 E E ^ -o 3 .5 ^ ~C> OJ fl u R E ii E o o o >s z "3 CO «J QJ s a fl _o '3 o B u u Q, DC a. B •3 B ^ .2 = « i> ra c/1 CJ _1 ^ 'B ot fl ^ X = c/3 -U J''«< i Cd S QJ .QJ Cl-I <u u ra 3 CT Crt UH ^ -H UH ^ UJ J Crt E 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carlsbad, Califomia ProjectNo. 107818001 APPENDIX A SUSPECT ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS SAMPLING PROTOCOL I07SIS001 R.doc SUSPECT ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS SAMPLING PROTOCOL Personal Protection Equipment Inhalation of asbestos fibers during asbestos survey poses a serious health and safety hazard, the use of personal protection equipment (PPE) by building inspectors is recommended dur- ing sampling activities. Our building inspectors generally wear a respirator (either a full- or half-face mask) equipped with high-efficiency disposable filter cartridges. If utilized, full- face masks will also prevent eye irritation from dust, fibers, and debris released during sam- pling activities. When necessary, disposable clothing is worn during sampling activities. Our building inspectors utilize plastic bags to handle the disposal of drop cloths, protective clothing, wet cloths, and debris. Sampling Equipment Our building inspectors will need various tools and materials to accomplish their sampling tasks, including those hsted below: a ladder to access areas and a flash light to aid visibility, airtight, sampling containers (e.g., resealable plastic bags), a plastic spray bottle, filled with amended water, to wet the material to be sampled, plastic drop cloths to spread beneath the area to be sampled, a utility knife, linoleum cutter, or other tool appropriate for collecting samples, a caulking gun and compound for filling holes once a sample has been extracted, spray acrylic or adhesive to encapsulate the small areas from which samples were col- lected, duct tape for repairing thermal system insulation jackets, cloths and cleaner for decontaminating tools, a vacuum cleaner equipped with high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters, when necessary, indelible ink pen for labeling sample containers, and camera for photographic documentation, and Chain-of-Custody documentation forms. Sampling Procedures ACMs are divided into three categories: Surfacing materials. Thermal System Insulation (TSI), and Miscellaneous materials. The procedures for sampling these three types of mate- rials are as follows: ACM S:impliny jLtachmunt v2,0,doi; Surfacing Materials 1. Select a location where the material has been previously damaged or a low profile area. 2. Spread a plastic drop cloth on the floor and set up other equipment, (e.g., ladder). 3. Put on protective equipment (respirator at all times when sampling friable material and protective clothing, when needed). 4. Moisten area where sample is to be collected (spray the area with amended water). 5. Collect sample using a clean knife or other tool appropriate to cut out or scrape off a small piece of the material. Care is taken to ensure that all layers of material are col- lected, without disturbing any adjacent material. 6. Place the sample in the labeled container and tightly seal it. 7. Wipe the exterior of the container with a wet wipe to remove any residue which may have adhered to the container it during sampling. 8. Clean tools with wet wipes and vacuum area with a HEPA vacuum to clean all debris. 9. Fill hole with caulking compound or appropriate filler (to minimize subsequent fiber re- lease and for appearance). 10. Label container with its sample identification number and fill out location and type of material being sampled on a Chain-of-Custody documentation form. 11. Mark the location and sample identification number on the sample location map. 12. Repeat the above steps at each sample location. Place sample containers in plastic bags. 13. Discard protective clothing, rags, and drop cloth in a plastic bag. Thermal System Insulation Sampling TSI follows the same procedural sequence as laid out above. Obtain samples from exposed or damaged areas, if possible. However, random sampling will require sampling of some intact material. Sampling holes can be patched with plastic spackling, caulk, or fibrous glass. Miscellaneous Materials Sampling miscellaneous materials follows the same procedural sequence as laid out above, making sure that a cross section of the materials have been obtained. Forwarding Samples to Laboratory The samples are transferred, using standard chain-of-custody procedures, to a laboratory ac- credited in the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), for bulk asbestos fiber analysis. The samples are analyzed using polarized light microscopy with dis- persion staining (PLM/ds) for the presence and quantification of asbestos fibers, in general accordance with either United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) Method 600/M4-82-020 or USEPA Method 600/R-93/116. The lower limit of reliable detection for asbestos using the PLM/ds method is approximately 1% by volume. Califomia regulations require certain worker protection standards and have certain contractor requirements for dis- turbing those materials having an asbestos content of greater than one tenth of 1% (0.1%). ACM Sampling aCtachmenf v2.0.doc 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive October31, 2014 Carlsbad, Califomia ProjectNo. 107818001 APPENDIX B LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT AND CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY RECORDS \rm\mj\ R.doc EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Court, Bui Id ing 4, Suite A, San Diego, CA92111 Phone/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 http://www.EMSL.coin s a n d i eg ol ab^eni ^ Iy,gi p, EMSL Order: Customer! D: CustomerPO: Project! D: 431403684 32NIN63 ) Attn: Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA92123 Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (858) 576-1000 (858) 576-9600 10/14/14 11:10 AM 10/20/2014 Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE, CARLSBAD. CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non-Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous % Tvpe 001-Floor Tiie BRN 9X9 VFT & Tan 100% Non-fibrous (other) <1% Chrysotile 431403684-0001 MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 001-Mastic BRN 9X9 VFT & Black 97% Non-fibrous (other) 3% Chrysotlle 431403684-0001A MASTIC Non-Fibrous 431403684-0001A Homogeneous 002-Floor Tile BRN 9X9 VFT & Tan 100% Non-fibrous (other) <1% Chrysotile 431403684-0002 MASTIC Non-Fibrous 431403684-0002 Homogeneous 002-Mastic BRN 9X9 VFT & Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0002A MASTIC Non-Fibrous \ 431403684-0002A Homogeneous } 003-Floor Tile BRN 9X9 VFT & Tan 100% Non-fibrous (other) <1% Ctirysotile 4314036B4-0003 MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous Insufficient mastic 004 YELLOW Black/Yellow 95% Non-fibrous (other) 5% Chrysotile 431403684-0004 CARPET MASTiC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous Composite 005 YELLOW Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0005 CARPET MASTIC Non-Fibrous 431403684-0005 Homogeneous 006 YELLOW Ydlcw 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0006 CARPET MASTIC Non-Fibrous 431403684-0006 Homogeneous Anaiyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory Eti/SL maintains liability limited lo cost of analysis. Ttiis report relates only to Ihe samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by ElvlSL. EMSL bears no responsiblllly for sample collection activities or analytical method limitalions. Inlerpretalion and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report musl not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NISTor any agency of the federal gouemment. Non-friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and Iherefore ElVlSL recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis Samples received in good condition unless othemise noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainly data available upon requesl. Unless requested by the client, building malertals manufactured v^ith multiple layers (i e. linoleum, wallboard, etc ] are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by ElilSL Analytical, Inc San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200855-0, CA ELAP 2713 Initial report from 10/20/2014 11:02:51 Test Report PLM-7.28.9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM c EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Court,Buildlng 4, Suite A San Diego, CA92111 Phorie/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 hi:tp://www EMgL (;.i:im sandieuolab@einsLcom EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: Project! D: 431403684 32NIN63 Attn: Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (858) 576-1000 (858) 576-9600 10/14/14 11:10 AM 10/20/2014 Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE. CARLSBAD, CA C Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non-Asbestos Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous % Tvpe 007 YELLOW Yeilcw 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0007 CARPET MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 008-Mastic 1 YELLOW & Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0008 WHITE MASTIC Non-Fibrous 431403684-0008 Homogeneous 008-Mastic 2 YELLOW & White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403S84-OOOBA WHITE MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 009-Mastic 1 YELLOW & Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0009 WHITE MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 009-Mastic 2 YELLOW & White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0009A WHITE MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 010-Mastic 1 YELLOW & White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0010 WHITE MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 010-Mastic 2 YELLOW & Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-001OA WHITE MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous Oil FLOORING Gray 100% Non-fibrous (ottier) None Detected 431403684-0011 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, wittiout written approval by EI^SL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility ofthe client. TTiis report must not be used by the client to claim product carlification, approval, or endorsement by t^VLAP, NISTor any agency of the federal government. Non-friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis Samples recei\«d in good condition unless olhenAiise noted Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request Unless requested by the client, building matenals manufactured wtth multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200855-0, CA ELAP 2713 Initial report from 10/20/2014 11:02:51 Test Reoort PLM-7,28,9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Court.Bullding 4, Suite A San Diego, CA92111 Phone/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 http ://www. EMSL.com 5andiaqGl3b@eiTisl.com EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectID: 431403684 32NIN63 A"" Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (858)576-1000 (858) 576-9600 10/14/14 11:10 AM 10/20/2014 Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE. CARLSBAD, CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non-Asbestos Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous % Tvoe 012-Sheet Vinyl YELLOW SHEET Beige 15% Cellulose 85% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0012 VINYL Non-Fibrous Homogeneous <1% Glass 012-Mastic YELLOW SHEET Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0012A VINYL Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) 013-Sheet Vinyl YELLOW SHEET Beige 15% Cellulose 85% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0013 VINYL Fibrous Homcgeneous <1% Glass 013-Mastic YELLOW SHEET Yeltow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0013A VINYL Non-Fibrous 100% Non-fibrous (other) \ 431403684-0013A Homogeneous } 014-Sheet Flooring YELLOW SHEET Tan 10% Cellulose 90% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0014 VINYL Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 90% Non-fibrous (other) 014-Mastic YELLOW SHEET Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0014A VINYL Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 015-Mastic 1 BRN & YELLOW Beige 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0015 COVEBASE & MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) 015-Mastic2 BRN & YELLOW Brown 100% Non-fibroLts (other) None Detected 431403684-0015A COVEBASE & MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibroLts (other) Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without writlen approval by EMSL, EMSL bears no responsibility tor sample collection aclivilies or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report must not be used bythe client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP. NISTor any agency of the federal government Non-friable organically bound materials present a problem malm* and therefore ElvlSL recommends gravimetric reduction pnor to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless othenivise noted. Eslmated accuracy, precision and uncenainty data available upon requesl. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSl Analytical, Inc. San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200B55-O, CA ELAP 2713 Initial report from 10/20/2014 11:02:51 Test Reoort PLM-7.28,9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Court.Building 4, Suite A San Diego, CA 92111 Phone/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (658) 499-1304 htto://www.EIVlSL.CQni sandii,'<:Qlab@emsl.coni EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectID: 431403634 32NIN63 Attn: Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: (858)576-1000 Fax: (858) 576-9600 Received: 10/14/14 11:10 AM Analysis Date: 10/20/2014 Collected: Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY / 125Q CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE. CARLSBAD, CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method Polarized Light Microscopy Non-Asbestos using Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous % Tvpe 016-CoveBase 431403684-0016 GREEN COVEBASE & MASTIC Green Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 016-yastic 431403684-0016A GREEN COVEBASE & MASTIC Brown Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 017-Cove Base 431403684-0017 GREEN COVEBASE & MASTIC Green Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 017-Mastic 431403684-0017A GREEN COVEBASE & MASTIC Brown Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 018 431403684-0018 BRN COVEBASE MASTIC Brown Non-Fibrous 98% Non-fibrous (other) 2% Anthophyllite 018 431403684-0018 Homogeneous 019 431403684-0019 BRN COVEBASE MASTIC Brown Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 020 431403684-0020 BRN COVEBASE MASTIC Black Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 93% Non-fibrous (other) 7% Chrysotile 021-Finish Coat BRN STUCCO White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0021 Non-Fibrous 431403684-0021 Homogeneous Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by ElilSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations Interpretati on and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report musl not be used by the client to ciairr product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NISTor any agency of the federal government. Non-friable organically bound materiais present a problem malnxand therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction priorto analysis. Samples received m good condition unless othenivise noted. Estmated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc ] are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by ElVlSL Analytical, inc. San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200855-0, CA ELAP 2713 Initial report from 10/20/2014 11:02:51 Test Reoort PLM-7.28.9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convay Court, Bui Id ing 4, Suite A San Diego, CA 92111 Phone/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 http://www.EMSL.com •-^an^,i,^3°,la^i(Semsl.com EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectID: 431403684 32NIN63 Attn: Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (858) 576-1000 (858) 576-9600 10/14/1411:10 AM 10/20/2014 Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE, CARLSBAD, CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non-Asbestos Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous % Tvpe 021-Base Coat BRN STUCCO Gray 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0021A Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 022-Finish Coat BRN STUCCO White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0022 Non-Fibrous 431403684-0022 Homogeneous 022-Base Coat BRN STUCCO Gray 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0022A Non-Fibrous 431403684-0022A Homogeneous 023-Finish Coat BRN STUCCO White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0023 Non-Fibrous 431403684-0023 Homogeneous 023-Base Coat BRN STUCCO Gray 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0023A Non-Fibrous 431403684-0023A Homogeneous 024-Finish Coat PLASTER White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0024 Non-Fibrous 431403684-0024 Homogeneous 024-Base Coat PLASTER Beige 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 4314036B4-0024A Non-Fibrous 4314036B4-0024A Homogeneous 025-Finish Coat PLASTER White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0025 Non-Fibrous 431403684-0025 Homogeneous Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may nol be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by ElvlSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are ihe responsibility ofthe client. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal government Non-friable organically bound matenals present a problem mainx and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis Samples received in good condition unless othenA/ise noted. Estmated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by lha client building matenals manufactured with multiple layers (i.e linoleum, v^allboard. etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200855-0, CAELAP 2713 Initial report from 10/20/2014 11:02:51 Test Reoort PLM-7.28.9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM c EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Court.Bullding 4, Suite A San Diego, CA92111 Phone/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 http:/.''www.EMSL,c;,pr^-i sandi eaolabfiiemsl.com EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectID: 431403684 32NIN63 Attn: Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone; Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (858) 576-1000 (858) 576-9600 10/14/14 11:10 AM 10/20/2014 , Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE, CARLSBAD. CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non-Asbestos Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous % Tvoe 025-Base Coat PLASTER Beige 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0025A Non-Fibrous 431403684-0025A Homogeneous 026-Finish Coat PLASTER White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0026 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 026-Base Coat PLASTER Brown 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0026A Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 027-Plaster PLASTER Gray 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0027 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 027-Wallboard PLASTER White <1% Cellulose 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0027A Fibrous 431403684-0027A Homogeneous 028-Drywall DW/JC White 2% Cellulose 98% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0028 Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 028-Joint Compound DW/JC White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-002aA Non-Fibrous 431403684-002aA Homogeneous 029-Drywall DW/JC White 2% Cellulose 98% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403884-0029 Non-Fibrous 431403884-0029 Homogeneous Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory ElvlSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in fuil, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection adivities or analytical method limitations Inlerpretalion and use of test results are the responsibility of the client This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NISTor any agency of the federal government Non-friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction priorto analysis. Samples received in good condition unless othervuse noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufaclured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, vjallboard, eta ] are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical. Inc San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200B55-0, CA ELAP 2713 Initial report from 10/20/2014 11 ;02:51 Test Reoort PLM-7.28.9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Court.Bullding 4, Suite A San Diego, CA92111 Phone/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 h ftp ://^ wvv^g,!i|1g{^ • i; p m sanditKioiab@einsl.com EMSL Order: CustomerlD; CustomerPO; ProjectID: 431403684 32NIN63 A"": Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: (858) 576-1000 Fax: (858) 576-9600 Received: 10/14/14 11:10 AM Analysis Date: 10/20/2014 Collected: Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE, CARLSBAD, CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non-Asbestos Description Asbestos 029-Joint Compound DW/JC White /• iiuii-r luiuua 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0029A Non-Fibrous 431403684-0029A Homogeneous 030-Drywall DW/JC White <1% Cellulose 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0030 Fibrous 431403684-0030 Homogeneous 030-Joint Compound DW/JC Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0030A Non-Fibrous 431403684-0030A Homogeneous 031-Drywall DW/JC White <1% Cellulose 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0031 Non-Fibrous 431403684-0031 Homogeneous } 031-Joint Compound DW/JC White 100% Non-fibrous (other) <1% Chi^sotile 43)403684-003)/! Non-Fibrous 43)403684-003)/! Homogeneous 032-Drywall DW/JC White 2% Cellulose 98% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0032 Fibrous Homogeneous 032-Joint Compound DW/JC White 100% Non-fibrous (other) <1% Chrysotile 43J4036S4-0032A Non-Fibrous 43J4036S4-0032A Homogeneous 033 ACT 12"X12" Gray 50% Min. Wool 50% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 43)4036S4-0033 Fibrous 43)4036S4-0033 Homogeneous Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in fijil, without wntten approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of lest results are the responsibility of the client This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by IvIVLAP, NISTor any agency of the federal government. IMon-friable organically bound materials present a problem matnuand Iherelore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction pnor to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical. Inc San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200855-O. CA ELAP 2713 i Initial report from 10/20/2014 11:02:51 Test Reoort PLM-7.28.9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM c EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Courl,Building 4, Suite A, San Diego, CA 92111 Phone/Fax: 85W99-1303 / (858) 499-1304 httD://www.EMSL com sandiBaolab(ti;emsl com EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectID: 431403684 32NIN63 Attn: Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (858) 576-1000 (858) 576-9600 10/14/14 11:10 AM 10/20/2014 Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE, CARLSBAD, CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non-Asbestos Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % =ibrous % Non-Fibrous % Tvpe 034 ACT 12"X12" Gray 50% Min. Wool 50% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 43)403684-0034 Fibrous Homogeneous 035-ACT ACT & MASTIC Gray 50% Min. Wool 50% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 431403684-0035 Fibrous 431403684-0035 Homogeneous 035-Mastic ACT & MASTIC Brown 100% Non-fibrous (other) <1% Anthophyllite 43J4036e4-0035A Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 036 ACT 2'X4' Beige 30% Cellulose 10% Periite None Detected 43)403684-0036 Fibrous Homogeneous 20% Min. Wool 40% Non-fibrous (other) 037 ACT ZX4' Beige 30% Cellulose 10% Periite None Detected 43T4036S4-0037 Fibrous Homogeneous 20% Min. Wool 40% Non-fibrous (other) 038 ACT 2'X2' Beige 30% Cellulose 10% Periite None Detected 43f403684-003fl Fibrous Homogeneous 20% Min. Wool 40% Non-fibrous (other) 039 43J403684-0039 ROOF COMPOSITE Black Fibrous Homogeneous 4% Glass 96% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 040 43J403684-0040 ROOF COMPOSITE Black Fibrous Homogeneous 2% Glass 98% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without wntten approval by EMSL EMSL bears no responsibility lor sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report must nol be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, (NISTor any agency of the federal government. Non-friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore ElvlSL recommends gravimetric leduction pnor to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by Ibe client, building materials manufaclured with multiple layers [i.e. linoleum, wallboanj, etc.] are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200655-0, CA ELAP 2713 Initial report from 10/20/2014 11:02:51 Test Reoort PLM-7.28.9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Court,Buildlng 4, Suite A San Diego, CA92111 Ptione/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 http:,^.'wwv.EMSL coit^ .^andieaolabigjemsl com EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO; ProjectID: 431403684 32NIN63 Attn: Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone; Fax; Received; Analysis Date; Collected: (858)576-1000 (858) 576-9600 10/14/14 11:10 AM 10/20/2014 Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE, CARLSBAD, CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy ^amglt Description Appearance Non-Asbestos % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous Asbestos % Type 041 431403684-0041 ROOF COMPOSITE Black Fibrous Homogeneous 3% Cellulose <1% Glass 97% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 042-Mastic 431403664-0042 PENETRATION MASTIC White Non-Fibrous Heterogeneous 2% Wollastonite 98% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 042-Mastic 2 431403684-0042A PENETRATION MASTIC Black Non-Fibrous Hotnogeneous 2% Glass 98% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 043-Mastic 431403684-0043 PENETRATION MASTIC White/Black Non-Fibrous Heterogeneous 2% Wollastonite 98% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 043-Maslic 2 431403684-0043A PENETRATION MASTIC Black Fibrous Homogeneous 3% Cellulose 97% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 044-Mastic 1 431403684-0044 PENETRATION MASTIC White Non-Fibrous Homogeneous <1% Wollastonite 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 044-Mastic 2 431403684-0044A PENETRATION MASTIC Black Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 2% Glass 2% Cellulose 96% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 045 431403684-0045 SEAM SEALANT Gray Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) <1% Chrysotile Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written appnoval by ElVISL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client Thts report must not be used bythe client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP. NISTor any agency of the federal government. Non-friable organically bound materials present a problem malnxand therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction pnor to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless othenvise noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200855-0, CA ELAP 2713 Initial report from 10/20/2014 11:02:51 Test Reoort PLM-7.28.9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM c EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Court,Bujlding 4, Suite A San Diego, CA92111 Phone/Fax; 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 h ttl):WW w .EMSL.com sandieaoiabiT^emslcom EMSL Order; CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectID; 431403684 32NIN63 Attn; Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: Fax: Received; Analysis Date; Collected; (858) 576-1000 (858) 576-9600 10/14/14 11:10 AM 10/20/2014 Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE. CARLSBAD, CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non-Asbestos Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous % Type 046 SEAM SEALANT Gray 100% Non-fibrous (other) <1% Chrysotile 43 f403684-0046 Non-Fibrous 43 f403684-0046 Homogeneous 047 SEAM SEALANT Gray <1% Cellulose 100% Non-fibrous (other) <1% Chrysotile 431403684-0047 Non-Fibrous 431403684-0047 Homogeneous 048 CAULK White 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 437403684-0043 Non-Fibrous 437403684-0043 Homogeneous 049 BLACK MASTIC Yellow 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 43J403684-0049 Non-Fibrous 43J403684-0049 Homogeneous 050 BLACK BATCH Black 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 43t4036e4-0050 MASTIC Non-Fibrous Homogeneous Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (19) Rebecca Luu (36) Shayne Boney (22) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liatfllity limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without wntten approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of lest results are the responsibility of the client. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NtST or any agency of the federal government Non-friable organically bound matenals present a problem matnx and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetnc reduction pnor lo analysis. Samples received in good condition unless othenvise noted Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainly data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured wilh multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, ete.) are reported as a single sample Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc San Diego, CA NVLAP Lab Code 200855-0, CA ELAP 2713 Initial report from 10/20/2014 11:02:51 Test Reoort PLM-7.28.9 Printed: 10/20/2014 11:02:51 AM THIS IS THE LAST PAGE OF THE REPORT. 10 EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Cour1,Building 4, Suite A San Diego. CA 92111 Ptione/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 hi;p.;Avww. EMSL.com sandieQolab@emsl.com EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: Project! D: 431403684 32NIN63 Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: (858) 576-1000 Fax; (858) 576-9600 Received; 10/14/14 11:10AM Analysis Date: 10/30/2014 Collected; Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE, CARLSBAD. CA Test Report: Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) - Point Count Performed by EPA 600/R- 93/116 Method with Gravimetric Reduction and 1000 Point Count SAMPLE ID DESCRIPTION APPEARANCE (%) Matrix Organic Acid NON-ASBESTOS % Fibrous NON-ASBESTOS % NON-FIBROUS ASBESTOS % TYPES 035-Mastic ACT & MASTIC Brown 59.3 0-0 39.7 Non-fibrous (other) 1.0 Anthophyllite 431403684-0035A Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 045 43(403684-0045 SEAM SEALANT Gray Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 33.3 63.1 3.4 Non-fibrous (other) 0.2 Chrysotile Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (2) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory Some samples may contain asbestos fibers present in dimensions below PLM resolution limits The limit of detection as slated in the method is 0.1%. EMSL Analytyical Inc suggests that samples reported as <0.1% or none detected undergo additional analysis via TEM. The above test report relates only to the items tested. This report may not be reproduced, except in full, without writlen approval EMSL Analytical Inc. This test report musl not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the United States Govemment. EMSL Analytical Inc. bears no esponsibility for sample collection activities, analytical method limitations, or the accuracy of results when requested to separate layered samples. EMSL Analytical Inc liability is limited to the cost of sample analysis. The lest results contained within this report meet tbe requirements of NELAC unless othen^iiise noted. Samples received in good condition unless olhen^iise noted. Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. San Diego, CA Initial report from 10/30/2014 09:32:24 o EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Court.Bullding 4, Suite A San Diego, CA92111 Phone/Fax: 858-499-1303 / (858) 499-1304 iUlp. //wv w. E MS L. c o Fll sandi6aolabigiemsi.com EMSL Order; CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectID; 431403684 32NIN63 Attn: Nicolas Carpenter Ninyo & Moore 5710 Ruffin Road San Diego, CA 92123 Phone: Fax; Received; Analysis Date; Collected: (858) 576-1000 (858) 576-9600 10/14/14 11:10 AM 10/29/2014 Project: CARLSBAD COLE LIBRARY /1250 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE, CARLSBAD, CA Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material via EPA 600/R-93/116. Quantitation using the 1,000 Point Count Procedure Non-Asbestos Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous % Type 001-Floor Tile 43 J 403684-000J BRN 9X9 VFT & MASTIC Tan Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 99.70% Non-fibrous (other) 0.30% Chrysotile 031-Joint Compound 43J4036fl4-003M DW/JC Beige Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 99.50% Non-fibrous (other) 0.50% Chrysotile O Analyst(s) Erik Alvarenga (2) Derrick Tanner, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory Some samples may contain asbestos fibers present in dimensions below PLM resolution limits The limit of detection as stated in the method is 0.1%. EMSL Analytical inc suggests that samples reported as -=0.1% or none detected undergo additional analysis via TEM. The above test report relates only to the items tested. This report may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval EMSL Analytical Inc This test report must not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the United States Govemment EMSL Analytical Inc bears no responsibillly for sample collection acbvities. analytical method limitations, or the accuracy of results when requested to separate layered samples. EMSL Analytical Inc liability is limited to the cost of sample analysis Tlie test results contained within this report meet Ihe requiremenis of NELAC unless otherwise noted Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. Unless requested by the client, building matetials manufactured with multiple layers (i e linoleum, wallboard, etc.] are reported as a single sample. Samples analyied by EMSL Analytical, Inc. San Diego. CA Initial report from 10/30/2014 09:32:24 Test Report PLMPTC-7.25.0 Printed: 10/30/2014 9:32:24 AM THI<5 IS THF I AST PAGE OF THE REPORT go T sBed s: 00 <o o K> VA I lU UJ X CO < Q UJ < CO -J OQ (0 O I-CO UJ CD (0 < o CO o < i= c « 0) g> o 1 5 .= '5) ro JB ^ Csl O CO K CO CD E E 1^ a. o rt CN •a CN oorB Roa< CAS 10O0 -9600 S o to CO h- D) i5 lO 0 a: D) i5 CO in (858 > o 00 (858 c c '— Fax: TO ifi Fax: z W 1-Fax: CQ DC CO •O 1 CY cr o c o o <5> X -z. li. a « o Q 0) Q. E TO c g o o _J Q) OL £ TO CO 8 E or 3 1 E CD Q a E ra CO I 1- 0 <.3 o o m CO < CM O o < CO o cp C/3 < J O o I CQ CO < in o o I CQ CO < CO o cp CQ CO < o o CQ CO < 3 00 o cp CD to < CT) O O CQ CO < 7 Cp CQ CO < cz: CO CO < >l tl CM O CQ CO < CO CQ CO < J a o I CQ CO < LO CQ CO < JO Z aSed o CN to 00 <o O c UJ Ui X (0 o UJ < CO m CO o H CO UJ OQ CO < 5) o OJ < o TO c a; •o S .ai 5 JC TO < CNJ O -I _J lO CO "as DO CQ •O TJ Q. a £ E ra TO (O CO 1 E TO CO 53 TO a 0 TO - • c o t3 % 0) TO O 0 E O >» o IS rt CN CN Oi < O i ° c TO CO s i •ai 3 CD I CD g c o o LL O W c o 9- (J (A (D Q J3 a E TO CO g "s o —I 0) CL £ ro CO 8 E I- E QQ © Cl E TO CO CD QQ CO < I 0 CO CO CQ CO < CO (0 < o CN C3 CQ CO < — — I CM CD CQ CO < CN CM Cp OQ CO < CO CM o CD CO < CM Cp CO CO < in CM Cp CO CO < CD CM O I m CO < CM cp CD CO < CO CN o cb CO < CM CD CO CO < o CO CD CQ CO < 30 £ a6Hd 50 t 36ed o I CO CO K> O 1*» o ui X CO Q UJ CO -I 3 OQ CO O CO Ui CO tn < o < TO Q- 2? CO ^ — <9 I-o 2 CM O LO CO m CO XJ TJ Q. Cl E E ro ra to CO E ro (O _^ ro O CD D> TO C TO U U CD 03 '5' 'o* CL CL Q TO O IS « CM r-CN Ol < O o' cn 0) c ra CO •3J io ffi D •. E o O QQ C g c o O ^ ? E> Si O W5 u tn o a Cl E ro w g TO o o -J 0) Q. E TO CO if Q _g a E TO CO in o CO CO < o I CQ CO < 1^ <1 cp CO CO < c3 t C3) CD CQ CO < o LO cp CO CO < lO 9 CQ CO < CM IO O I CQ CO < CO to o CQ CO < LO Cp GQ CO < lO lO o I CO CO < CO LO o I CO CO < 1^ lO o I CO CO < CO lO o CQ CO < 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carlsbad, Califomia ProjectNo. 107818001 APPENDIX C XRF TESTING METHODOLOGY 1O7SIKO0I R.doc XRF TESTING METHODOLOGY To assess the painted surfaces for future contractor worker safety, x-ray fluorescence (XRF) testing technologies were utilized. The testing was conducted in general accordance with the following regulation: Title 17, CaHfornia Code of Regulations, Division 1, Chapter 8, Ac- creditation Certification, and Work Practice in Lead Related Construction, Section 36000. After a visual assessment, accessible painted surfaces were screened for lead content with a NITON XLp 300A XRF spectrum analyzer. XRF readings were taken using the standard paint mode. Standard paint mode measurements have no predetermined testing length, and automatically adjust to account for various types of substrates and material's densities. In the standard paint mode, the NITON 300A XLp XRF collects an XRF assay until either a K- shell or L-shell resuh is indicated as either positive or negative, compared to the threshold level based on the current precision of the test. Correction for paint matrix and substrate ef- fects is performed automatically by the XRF analyzer. XRF readings were made on testing combinations in all room equivalents in an effort to test typical materials that are representative of the room equivalent. Testing combinations were tested non-destructively by holding the shutter of the XRF against the surface being tested. At each XRF assay location, the trigger is depressed to open the shutter, and one reading was made using the standard paint testing mode. Results of each assay were recorded in the memory of the XRF spectrum analyzer and downloaded via the software provided by the manufacturer. In addition, the results of each assay were read and recorded on the XRF Data Sheet field data sheet. The XRF testing orientation is depicted on the attached sample location maps. The "A" di- rection was initially assigned to the direction of the street, and the subsequent directions ("B", "C", and "D") were assigned clockwise from the "A" direction. Should the subject site be located on the comer of two streets, the "A" direction is assigned to the direction of the street address of the subject site. To ensure that the XRF equipment was working properly, various quality control tests were performed before, during, and after the on-site work. At the beginning of the work day, three start up validation measurements were made in the K and L calibration mode, using the cali- bration check standard associated with the particular XRF that was used. This painted standard contains a known quantity of lead and allows the XRF operator to determine whether the instmment is functioning within acceptable tolerance ranges for accuracy and precision, as detennined by the manufacturer. Calibration checks were generally collected on the red 1.06 mg/cm and/or yellow 1.57 mg/cm Standard Reference Material (SRM) paint film, developed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). In addition to the three starts up tests, calibration readings are collected between each build- ing, after four hours, and at the completion of XRF testing. Results of each calibration reading were recorded within the memory of the XRF spectmm analyzer and on the XRF Data Sheet. The quality control tests taken during testing at the subject site were within the acceptable performance range prescribed by the XRF equipment manufacturer. Documenta- tion of the quality control calibration check is included in the XRF Data Sheet, Table 3. XRF Tesling ailm:liment \ 2.a.iii»: 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive October 31, 2014 Carlsbad, Califomia ProjectNo. 107818001 APPENDIX D CDPH FORM 8552 - LEAD HAZARD EVALUATION REPORT III7HI(^II01 R,doc c state of Califomia—Health and Human Services Agency LEAD HAZARD EVALUATION REPORT California Department of Public Health Section 1 - Date of Lead Hazard Evakiation "10^13/2014 Section 2 — Type of Lead Hazard Evaluation (Check one box only) 0 Lead inspection Q Risk assessment Q] Ciearance Inspection Q Other (specify) Section 3 - Structure Where Lead Hazard Evaluatton Was Conducted Address [number, street, aparlment (if applicable)] County Zip Code 1250 Carlsbad Village Drive Cartsbad San Diego 92008 ODnstructlon date (yaar) of structure Unknown Type of structure 1 ] Multi-unit building r~l Single family dwelling 1 1 School Of daycare Rl aher Public Ubrary Children ifving in structure? U Yes Fl No 1 1 Don't Know Section 4 ~ Owner of Structure (if business/agency, list contact person) Name City of Carlsbad, Patrick McGarry Telephone number 760-602-7606 Address [number, street, apartment (if applicable)] City state Zip Code 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad CA 92008 Section 5 — Results of Lead Hazard Evaluation (check all that apply) No lead-based paint detected |V] Intact lead-based paint detected Q Deteriorated lead-based paint detected 0 No lead hazards detected Q Lead-contaminated dust found Q Lead-contaminated soil found Q Other Section 6 — individual Conducting Lead Hazard Eveduation Name Addresa [number, street, apartment (If applicable)] City Stata Telephone number Zip Code CDPH cenification number Name and CDPH certification number of any other indivldiW*ia3nducting sampling or testing (if applicable) Date Section 7 — Attachments A. A foundation diagram or sketch of the structure indicating the specifc locations of each lead hazard or presence of lead-based paint; B. Each testing method, device, and sampling procedure used; C. All data coiiected, including quality contro) data, laboratory results, including laboratory name, address, and phone number. First copy and attachments retained by Inspector Second copy and attachments retained by owner Third copy only (no attachments) mailed or faxed to: CaHfornia Department of Public Health Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Branch Reports 850 Mur'ma Bay Parl<way, Building P, Third Floor Richmond, CA 94804-6403 Fax: (510) 620-5656 CD(>HSSS3 (6/07)